diff mbox series

[-next] PCI: endpoint: fix build error, EP NTB driver uses configfs

Message ID 20210202201255.26768-1-rdunlap@infradead.org
State New
Headers show
Series [-next] PCI: endpoint: fix build error, EP NTB driver uses configfs | expand

Commit Message

Randy Dunlap Feb. 2, 2021, 8:12 p.m. UTC
The pci-epf-ntb driver uses configfs APIs, so it should depend on
CONFIGFS_FS to prevent build errors.

ld: drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.o: in function `epf_ntb_add_cfs':
pci-epf-ntb.c:(.text+0x1b): undefined reference to `config_group_init_type_name'

Fixes: 7dc64244f9e9 ("PCI: endpoint: Add EP function driver to provide NTB functionality")

Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Pieralisi <lorenzo.pieralisi@arm.com>
Cc: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
---
You may switch to 'select CONFIG_FS_FS' if you feel strongly about it.

 drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig |    1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

Comments

Lorenzo Pieralisi Feb. 4, 2021, 9:58 a.m. UTC | #1
On Tue, Feb 02, 2021 at 12:12:55PM -0800, Randy Dunlap wrote:
> The pci-epf-ntb driver uses configfs APIs, so it should depend on
> CONFIGFS_FS to prevent build errors.
> 
> ld: drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.o: in function `epf_ntb_add_cfs':
> pci-epf-ntb.c:(.text+0x1b): undefined reference to `config_group_init_type_name'
> 
> Fixes: 7dc64244f9e9 ("PCI: endpoint: Add EP function driver to provide NTB functionality")
> 
> Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
> Cc: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
> Cc: Lorenzo Pieralisi <lorenzo.pieralisi@arm.com>
> Cc: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
> ---
> You may switch to 'select CONFIG_FS_FS' if you feel strongly about it.

Kishon ?

Thanks,
Lorenzo

>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig |    1 +
>  1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
> 
> --- linux-next-20210202.orig/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> +++ linux-next-20210202/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ config PCI_EPF_TEST
>  config PCI_EPF_NTB
>  	tristate "PCI Endpoint NTB driver"
>  	depends on PCI_ENDPOINT
> +	depends on CONFIGFS_FS
>  	help
>  	  Select this configuration option to enable the NTB driver
>  	  for PCI Endpoint. NTB driver implements NTB controller
Kishon Vijay Abraham I Feb. 4, 2021, 1:45 p.m. UTC | #2
Hi Lorenzo,

On 04/02/21 3:28 pm, Lorenzo Pieralisi wrote:
> On Tue, Feb 02, 2021 at 12:12:55PM -0800, Randy Dunlap wrote:
>> The pci-epf-ntb driver uses configfs APIs, so it should depend on
>> CONFIGFS_FS to prevent build errors.
>>
>> ld: drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.o: in function `epf_ntb_add_cfs':
>> pci-epf-ntb.c:(.text+0x1b): undefined reference to `config_group_init_type_name'
>>
>> Fixes: 7dc64244f9e9 ("PCI: endpoint: Add EP function driver to provide NTB functionality")
>>
>> Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
>> Cc: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
>> Cc: Lorenzo Pieralisi <lorenzo.pieralisi@arm.com>
>> Cc: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
>> ---
>> You may switch to 'select CONFIG_FS_FS' if you feel strongly about it.
> 
> Kishon ?

There seems to be some issue in the version that got merged. The v11
patch series had this fixed [1] by using select CONFIGFS_FS. However
whatever was merged seems to be v10 which didn't have select CONFIGFS_FS
[2]. I had sent a private mail to you pointing the same (attached for
reference, not sure if it was delivered).

Thanks
Kishon

[1] ->
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-doc/20210201195809.7342-14-kishon@ti.com/

[2] ->
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/tree/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> 
> Thanks,
> Lorenzo
> 
>>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig |    1 +
>>  1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
>>
>> --- linux-next-20210202.orig/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
>> +++ linux-next-20210202/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
>> @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ config PCI_EPF_TEST
>>  config PCI_EPF_NTB
>>  	tristate "PCI Endpoint NTB driver"
>>  	depends on PCI_ENDPOINT
>> +	depends on CONFIGFS_FS
>>  	help
>>  	  Select this configuration option to enable the NTB driver
>>  	  for PCI Endpoint. NTB driver implements NTB controller
Hi Lorenzo,

On 02/02/21 1:28 am, Kishon Vijay Abraham I wrote:
> Add a new endpoint function driver to provide NTB functionality
> using multiple PCIe endpoint instances.
> 
> Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
> [arnd@arndb.de: Select configfs dependency]
> Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
> [yebin10@huawei.com: Fix unused but set variables]
> Signed-off-by: Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com>
> [geert+renesas@glider.be: Explain NTB in PCI_EPF_NTB help text]
> Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
> ---
>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig       |   13 +
>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile      |    1 +
>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c | 2128 ++++++++++++++++++
>  3 files changed, 2142 insertions(+)
>  create mode 100644 drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c
> 
> diff --git a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> index 8820d0f7ec77..5f1242ca2f4e 100644
> --- a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> +++ b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> @@ -12,3 +12,16 @@ config PCI_EPF_TEST
>  	   for PCI Endpoint.
>  
>  	   If in doubt, say "N" to disable Endpoint test driver.
> +
> +config PCI_EPF_NTB
> +	tristate "PCI Endpoint NTB driver"
> +	depends on PCI_ENDPOINT
> +	select CONFIGFS_FS

I'm seeing some difference between here and linux-next.
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/tree/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig

I see "select CONFIGFS_FS" missing in linux-next.

Thank You,
Kishon

> +	help
> +	  Select this configuration option to enable the Non-Transparent
> +	  Bridge (NTB) driver for PCI Endpoint. NTB driver implements NTB
> +	  controller functionality using multiple PCIe endpoint instances.
> +	  It can support NTB endpoint function devices created using
> +	  device tree.
> +
> +	  If in doubt, say "N" to disable Endpoint NTB driver.
> diff --git a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile
> index d6fafff080e2..96ab932a537a 100644
> --- a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile
> +++ b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile
> @@ -4,3 +4,4 @@
>  #
>  
>  obj-$(CONFIG_PCI_EPF_TEST)		+= pci-epf-test.o
> +obj-$(CONFIG_PCI_EPF_NTB)		+= pci-epf-ntb.o
> diff --git a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c
> new file mode 100644
> index 000000000000..338148cf56f5
> --- /dev/null
> +++ b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c
> @@ -0,0 +1,2128 @@
> +// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
> +/**
> + * Endpoint Function Driver to implement Non-Transparent Bridge functionality
> + *
> + * Copyright (C) 2020 Texas Instruments
> + * Author: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
> + */
> +
> +/*
> + * The PCI NTB function driver configures the SoC with multiple PCIe Endpoint
> + * (EP) controller instances (see diagram below) in such a way that
> + * transactions from one EP controller are routed to the other EP controller.
> + * Once PCI NTB function driver configures the SoC with multiple EP instances,
> + * HOST1 and HOST2 can communicate with each other using SoC as a bridge.
> + *
> + *    +-------------+                                   +-------------+
> + *    |             |                                   |             |
> + *    |    HOST1    |                                   |    HOST2    |
> + *    |             |                                   |             |
> + *    +------^------+                                   +------^------+
> + *           |                                                 |
> + *           |                                                 |
> + * +---------|-------------------------------------------------|---------+
> + * |  +------v------+                                   +------v------+  |
> + * |  |             |                                   |             |  |
> + * |  |     EP      |                                   |     EP      |  |
> + * |  | CONTROLLER1 |                                   | CONTROLLER2 |  |
> + * |  |             <----------------------------------->             |  |
> + * |  |             |                                   |             |  |
> + * |  |             |                                   |             |  |
> + * |  |             |  SoC With Multiple EP Instances   |             |  |
> + * |  |             |  (Configured using NTB Function)  |             |  |
> + * |  +-------------+                                   +-------------+  |
> + * +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
> + */
> +
> +#include <linux/delay.h>
> +#include <linux/io.h>
> +#include <linux/module.h>
> +#include <linux/slab.h>
> +
> +#include <linux/pci-epc.h>
> +#include <linux/pci-epf.h>
> +
> +static struct workqueue_struct *kpcintb_workqueue;
> +
> +#define COMMAND_CONFIGURE_DOORBELL	1
> +#define COMMAND_TEARDOWN_DOORBELL	2
> +#define COMMAND_CONFIGURE_MW		3
> +#define COMMAND_TEARDOWN_MW		4
> +#define COMMAND_LINK_UP			5
> +#define COMMAND_LINK_DOWN		6
> +
> +#define COMMAND_STATUS_OK		1
> +#define COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR		2
> +
> +#define LINK_STATUS_UP			BIT(0)
> +
> +#define SPAD_COUNT			64
> +#define DB_COUNT			4
> +#define NTB_MW_OFFSET			2
> +#define DB_COUNT_MASK			GENMASK(15, 0)
> +#define MSIX_ENABLE			BIT(16)
> +#define MAX_DB_COUNT			32
> +#define MAX_MW				4
> +
> +enum epf_ntb_bar {
> +	BAR_CONFIG,
> +	BAR_PEER_SPAD,
> +	BAR_DB_MW1,
> +	BAR_MW2,
> +	BAR_MW3,
> +	BAR_MW4,
> +};
> +
> +struct epf_ntb {
> +	u32 num_mws;
> +	u32 db_count;
> +	u32 spad_count;
> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> +	u64 mws_size[MAX_MW];
> +	struct config_group group;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *epc[2];
> +};
> +
> +#define to_epf_ntb(epf_group) container_of((epf_group), struct epf_ntb, group)
> +
> +struct epf_ntb_epc {
> +	u8 func_no;
> +	bool linkup;
> +	bool is_msix;
> +	int msix_bar;
> +	u32 spad_size;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	struct epf_ntb *epf_ntb;
> +	void __iomem *mw_addr[6];
> +	size_t msix_table_offset;
> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *reg;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> +	enum pci_barno epf_ntb_bar[6];
> +	struct delayed_work cmd_handler;
> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> +};
> +
> +struct epf_ntb_ctrl {
> +	u32	command;
> +	u32	argument;
> +	u16	command_status;
> +	u16	link_status;
> +	u32	topology;
> +	u64	addr;
> +	u64	size;
> +	u32	num_mws;
> +	u32	mw1_offset;
> +	u32	spad_offset;
> +	u32	spad_count;
> +	u32	db_entry_size;
> +	u32	db_data[MAX_DB_COUNT];
> +	u32	db_offset[MAX_DB_COUNT];
> +} __packed;
> +
> +static struct pci_epf_header epf_ntb_header = {
> +	.vendorid	= PCI_ANY_ID,
> +	.deviceid	= PCI_ANY_ID,
> +	.baseclass_code	= PCI_BASE_CLASS_MEMORY,
> +	.interrupt_pin	= PCI_INTERRUPT_INTA,
> +};
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_link_up() - Raise link_up interrupt to both the hosts
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @link_up: true or false indicating Link is UP or Down
> + *
> + * Once NTB function in HOST1 and the NTB function in HOST2 invoke
> + * ntb_link_enable(), this NTB function driver will trigger a link event to
> + * the NTB client in both the hosts.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_link_up(struct epf_ntb *ntb, bool link_up)
> +{
> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> +	enum pci_epc_irq_type irq_type;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	bool is_msix;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> +		ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +		epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +		func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +		is_msix = ntb_epc->is_msix;
> +		ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> +		if (link_up)
> +			ctrl->link_status |= LINK_STATUS_UP;
> +		else
> +			ctrl->link_status &= ~LINK_STATUS_UP;
> +		irq_type = is_msix ? PCI_EPC_IRQ_MSIX : PCI_EPC_IRQ_MSI;
> +		ret = pci_epc_raise_irq(epc, func_no, irq_type, 1);
> +		if (ret) {
> +			dev_err(&epc->dev,
> +				"%s intf: Failed to raise Link Up IRQ\n",
> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +			return ret;
> +		}
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_configure_mw() - Configure the Outbound Address Space for one host
> + *   to access the memory window of other host
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + * @mw: Index of the memory window (either 0, 1, 2 or 3)
> + *
> + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
> + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
> + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
> + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
> + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
> + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
> + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
> + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           +-----------------+
> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> + *
> + * This function performs stage (B) in the above diagram (see MW1) i.e., map OB
> + * address space of memory window to PCI address space.
> + *
> + * This operation requires 3 parameters
> + *  1) Address in the outbound address space
> + *  2) Address in the PCI Address space
> + *  3) Size of the address region to be mapped
> + *
> + * The address in the outbound address space (for MW1, MW2, MW3 and MW4) is
> + * stored in epf_bar corresponding to BAR_DB_MW1 for MW1 and BAR_MW2, BAR_MW3
> + * BAR_MW4 for rest of the BARs of epf_ntb_epc that is connected to HOST1. This
> + * is populated in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() in this driver.
> + *
> + * The address and size of the PCI address region that has to be mapped would
> + * be provided by HOST2 in ctrl->addr and ctrl->size of epf_ntb_epc that is
> + * connected to HOST2.
> + *
> + * Please note Memory window1 (MW1) and Doorbell registers together will be
> + * mapped to a single BAR (BAR2) above for 32-bit BARs. The exact BAR that's
> + * used for Memory window (MW) can be obtained from epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1],
> + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_MW2], epf_ntb_bar[BAR_MW2], epf_ntb_bar[BAR_MW2].
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_configure_mw(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				enum pci_epc_interface_type type, u32 mw)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	u64 addr, size;
> +	int ret = 0;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET];
> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> +
> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> +	addr = ctrl->addr;
> +	size = ctrl->size;
> +	if (mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET == BAR_DB_MW1)
> +		phys_addr += ctrl->mw1_offset;
> +
> +	if (size > ntb->mws_size[mw]) {
> +		dev_err(&epc->dev,
> +			"%s intf: MW: %d Req Sz:%llxx > Supported Sz:%llx\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type), mw, size,
> +			ntb->mws_size[mw]);
> +		ret = -EINVAL;
> +		goto err_invalid_size;
> +	}
> +
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +
> +	ret = pci_epc_map_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr, addr, size);
> +	if (ret)
> +		dev_err(&epc->dev,
> +			"%s intf: Failed to map memory window %d address\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type), mw);
> +
> +err_invalid_size:
> +
> +	return ret;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_teardown_mw() - Teardown the configured OB ATU
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + * @mw: Index of the memory window (either 0, 1, 2 or 3)
> + *
> + * Teardown the configured OB ATU configured in epf_ntb_configure_mw() using
> + * pci_epc_unmap_addr()
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_teardown_mw(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				enum pci_epc_interface_type type, u32 mw)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET];
> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> +
> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> +	if (mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET == BAR_DB_MW1)
> +		phys_addr += ctrl->mw1_offset;
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +
> +	pci_epc_unmap_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr);
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_configure_msi() - Map OB address space to MSI address
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + * @db_count: Number of doorbell interrupts to map
> + *
> + *+-----------------+    +----->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> + *|       BAR0      |    |      |   Doorbell 1   +---+------->   MSI ADDRESS   |
> + *+-----------------+    |      +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR1      |    |      |   Doorbell 2   +---+       |                 |
> + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+   |       |                 |
> + *|       BAR2      |           |   Doorbell 3   +---+       |                 |
> + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+   |       |                 |
> + *|       BAR3      |    |      |   Doorbell 4   +---+       |                 |
> + *+-----------------+    |      |----------------+           |                 |
> + *|       BAR4      |    |      |                |           |                 |
> + *+-----------------+    |      |      MW1       |           |                 |
> + *|       BAR5      |    |      |                |           |                 |
> + *+-----------------+    +----->-----------------+           |                 |
> + *  EP CONTROLLER 1             |                |           |                 |
> + *                              |                |           |                 |
> + *                              +----------------+           +-----------------+
> + *                     (A)       EP CONTROLLER 2             |                 |
> + *                                 (OB SPACE)                |                 |
> + *                                                           |      MW1        |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           +-----------------+
> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> + *
> + *
> + * This function performs stage (B) in the above diagram (see Doorbell 1,
> + * Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4) i.e map OB address space corresponding to
> + * doorbell to MSI address in PCI address space.
> + *
> + * This operation requires 3 parameters
> + *  1) Address reserved for doorbell in the outbound address space
> + *  2) MSI-X address in the PCIe Address space
> + *  3) Number of MSI-X interrupts that has to be configured
> + *
> + * The address in the outbound address space (for the Doorbell) is stored in
> + * epf_bar corresponding to BAR_DB_MW1 of epf_ntb_epc that is connected to
> + * HOST1. This is populated in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() in this driver along
> + * with address for MW1.
> + *
> + * pci_epc_map_msi_irq() takes the MSI address from MSI capability register
> + * and maps the OB address (obtained in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem()) to the MSI
> + * address.
> + *
> + * epf_ntb_configure_msi() also stores the MSI data to raise each interrupt
> + * in db_data of the peer's control region. This helps the peer to raise
> + * doorbell of the other host by writing db_data to the BAR corresponding to
> + * BAR_DB_MW1.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_configure_msi(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				 enum pci_epc_interface_type type, u16 db_count)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> +	u32 db_entry_size, db_data, db_offset;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *peer_ctrl;
> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +	int ret, i;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1];
> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> +	peer_ctrl = peer_ntb_epc->reg;
> +	db_entry_size = peer_ctrl->db_entry_size;
> +
> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +
> +	ret = pci_epc_map_msi_irq(epc, func_no, phys_addr, db_count,
> +				  db_entry_size, &db_data, &db_offset);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(&epc->dev, "%s intf: Failed to map MSI IRQ\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +		return ret;
> +	}
> +
> +	for (i = 0; i < db_count; i++) {
> +		peer_ctrl->db_data[i] = db_data | i;
> +		peer_ctrl->db_offset[i] = db_offset;
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_configure_msix() - Map OB address space to MSI-X address
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + * @db_count: Number of doorbell interrupts to map
> + *
> + *+-----------------+    +----->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> + *|       BAR0      |    |      |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI-X ADDRESS 1 |
> + *+-----------------+    |      +----------------+           +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR1      |    |      |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+         | |                 |
> + *|       BAR2      |           |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+       | +-> MSI-X ADDRESS 2 |
> + *|       BAR3      |    |      |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> + *+-----------------+    |      |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> + *|       BAR4      |    |      |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> + *+-----------------+    |      |      MW1       +     | +-->+ MSI-X ADDRESS 3||
> + *|       BAR5      |    |      |                |     |     +-----------------+
> + *+-----------------+    +----->-----------------+     |     |                 |
> + *  EP CONTROLLER 1             |                |     |     +-----------------+
> + *                              |                |     +---->+ MSI-X ADDRESS 4 |
> + *                              +----------------+           +-----------------+
> + *                     (A)       EP CONTROLLER 2             |                 |
> + *                                 (OB SPACE)                |                 |
> + *                                                           |      MW1        |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           +-----------------+
> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> + *
> + * This function performs stage (B) in the above diagram (see Doorbell 1,
> + * Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4) i.e map OB address space corresponding to
> + * doorbell to MSI-X address in PCI address space.
> + *
> + * This operation requires 3 parameters
> + *  1) Address reserved for doorbell in the outbound address space
> + *  2) MSI-X address in the PCIe Address space
> + *  3) Number of MSI-X interrupts that has to be configured
> + *
> + * The address in the outbound address space (for the Doorbell) is stored in
> + * epf_bar corresponding to BAR_DB_MW1 of epf_ntb_epc that is connected to
> + * HOST1. This is populated in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() in this driver along
> + * with address for MW1.
> + *
> + * The MSI-X address is in the MSI-X table of EP CONTROLLER 2 and
> + * the count of doorbell is in ctrl->argument of epf_ntb_epc that is connected
> + * to HOST2. MSI-X table is stored memory mapped to ntb_epc->msix_bar and the
> + * offset is in ntb_epc->msix_table_offset. From this epf_ntb_configure_msix()
> + * gets the MSI-X address and data.
> + *
> + * epf_ntb_configure_msix() also stores the MSI-X data to raise each interrupt
> + * in db_data of the peer's control region. This helps the peer to raise
> + * doorbell of the other host by writing db_data to the BAR corresponding to
> + * BAR_DB_MW1.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_configure_msix(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				  enum pci_epc_interface_type type,
> +				  u16 db_count)
> +{
> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar, *epf_bar;
> +	struct pci_epf_msix_tbl *msix_tbl;
> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *peer_ctrl;
> +	u32 db_entry_size, msg_data;
> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	size_t align;
> +	u64 msg_addr;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +	int ret, i;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[ntb_epc->msix_bar];
> +	msix_tbl = epf_bar->addr + ntb_epc->msix_table_offset;
> +
> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1];
> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> +	peer_ctrl = peer_ntb_epc->reg;
> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> +	align = epc_features->align;
> +
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +	db_entry_size = peer_ctrl->db_entry_size;
> +
> +	for (i = 0; i < db_count; i++) {
> +		msg_addr = ALIGN_DOWN(msix_tbl[i].msg_addr, align);
> +		msg_data = msix_tbl[i].msg_data;
> +		ret = pci_epc_map_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr, msg_addr,
> +				       db_entry_size);
> +		if (ret) {
> +			dev_err(&epc->dev,
> +				"%s intf: Failed to configure MSI-X IRQ\n",
> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +			return ret;
> +		}
> +		phys_addr = phys_addr + db_entry_size;
> +		peer_ctrl->db_data[i] = msg_data;
> +		peer_ctrl->db_offset[i] = msix_tbl[i].msg_addr & (align - 1);
> +	}
> +	ntb_epc->is_msix = true;
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_configure_db() - Configure the Outbound Address Space for one host
> + *   to ring the doorbell of other host
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + * @db_count: Count of the number of doorbells that has to be configured
> + * @msix: Indicates whether MSI-X or MSI should be used
> + *
> + * Invokes epf_ntb_configure_msix() or epf_ntb_configure_msi() required for
> + * one HOST to ring the doorbell of other HOST.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_configure_db(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				enum pci_epc_interface_type type,
> +				u16 db_count, bool msix)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	if (db_count > MAX_DB_COUNT)
> +		return -EINVAL;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	if (msix)
> +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_msix(ntb, type, db_count);
> +	else
> +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_msi(ntb, type, db_count);
> +
> +	if (ret)
> +		dev_err(&epc->dev, "%s intf: Failed to configure DB\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +
> +	return ret;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_teardown_db() - Unmap address in OB address space to MSI/MSI-X
> + *   address
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Invoke pci_epc_unmap_addr() to unmap OB address to MSI/MSI-X address.
> + */
> +static void
> +epf_ntb_teardown_db(struct epf_ntb *ntb, enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1];
> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +
> +	pci_epc_unmap_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr);
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_cmd_handler() - Handle commands provided by the NTB Host
> + * @work: work_struct for the two epf_ntb_epc (PRIMARY and SECONDARY)
> + *
> + * Workqueue function that gets invoked for the two epf_ntb_epc
> + * periodically (once every 5ms) to see if it has received any commands
> + * from NTB host. The host can send commands to configure doorbell or
> + * configure memory window or to update link status.
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_cmd_handler(struct work_struct *work)
> +{
> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> +	u32 command, argument;
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	u16 db_count;
> +	bool is_msix;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = container_of(work, struct epf_ntb_epc, cmd_handler.work);
> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> +	command = ctrl->command;
> +	if (!command)
> +		goto reset_handler;
> +	argument = ctrl->argument;
> +
> +	ctrl->command = 0;
> +	ctrl->argument = 0;
> +
> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> +	type = ntb_epc->type;
> +	ntb = ntb_epc->epf_ntb;
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +
> +	switch (command) {
> +	case COMMAND_CONFIGURE_DOORBELL:
> +		db_count = argument & DB_COUNT_MASK;
> +		is_msix = argument & MSIX_ENABLE;
> +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_db(ntb, type, db_count, is_msix);
> +		if (ret < 0)
> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
> +		else
> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> +		break;
> +	case COMMAND_TEARDOWN_DOORBELL:
> +		epf_ntb_teardown_db(ntb, type);
> +		ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> +		break;
> +	case COMMAND_CONFIGURE_MW:
> +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_mw(ntb, type, argument);
> +		if (ret < 0)
> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
> +		else
> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> +		break;
> +	case COMMAND_TEARDOWN_MW:
> +		epf_ntb_teardown_mw(ntb, type, argument);
> +		ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> +		break;
> +	case COMMAND_LINK_UP:
> +		ntb_epc->linkup = true;
> +		if (ntb->epc[PRIMARY_INTERFACE]->linkup &&
> +		    ntb->epc[SECONDARY_INTERFACE]->linkup) {
> +			ret = epf_ntb_link_up(ntb, true);
> +			if (ret < 0)
> +				ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
> +			else
> +				ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> +			goto reset_handler;
> +		}
> +		ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> +		break;
> +	case COMMAND_LINK_DOWN:
> +		ntb_epc->linkup = false;
> +		ret = epf_ntb_link_up(ntb, false);
> +		if (ret < 0)
> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
> +		else
> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> +		break;
> +	default:
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf UNKNOWN command: %d\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type), command);
> +		break;
> +	}
> +
> +reset_handler:
> +	queue_delayed_work(kpcintb_workqueue, &ntb_epc->cmd_handler,
> +			   msecs_to_jiffies(5));
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear() - Clear Peer Scratchpad BAR
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + *+-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> + *+-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + *|       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> + *+-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + *|       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *  EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> + *
> + * Clear BAR1 of EP CONTROLLER 2 which contains the HOST2's peer scratchpad
> + * region. While BAR1 is the default peer scratchpad BAR, an NTB could have
> + * other BARs for peer scratchpad (because of 64-bit BARs or reserved BARs).
> + * This function can get the exact BAR used for peer scratchpad from
> + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD].
> + *
> + * Since HOST2's peer scratchpad is also HOST1's self scratchpad, this function
> + * gets the address of peer scratchpad from
> + * peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> +{
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> +	enum pci_barno barno;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD];
> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> +	pci_epc_clear_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_set() - Set peer scratchpad BAR
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + *+-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> + *+-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + *|       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> + *+-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + *|       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *|       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *  EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> + *
> + * Set BAR1 of EP CONTROLLER 2 which contains the HOST2's peer scratchpad
> + * region. While BAR1 is the default peer scratchpad BAR, an NTB could have
> + * other BARs for peer scratchpad (because of 64-bit BARs or reserved BARs).
> + * This function can get the exact BAR used for peer scratchpad from
> + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD].
> + *
> + * Since HOST2's peer scratchpad is also HOST1's self scratchpad, this function
> + * gets the address of peer scratchpad from
> + * peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_set(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				     enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar, *epf_bar;
> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno, barno;
> +	u32 peer_spad_offset;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +
> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD];
> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	peer_spad_offset = peer_ntb_epc->reg->spad_offset;
> +	epf_bar->phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr + peer_spad_offset;
> +	epf_bar->size = peer_ntb_epc->spad_size;
> +	epf_bar->barno = barno;
> +	epf_bar->flags = PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_32;
> +
> +	ret = pci_epc_set_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: peer SPAD BAR set failed\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +		return ret;
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear() - Clear Config + Self scratchpad BAR
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> + *
> + * Clear BAR0 of EP CONTROLLER 1 which contains the HOST1's config and
> + * self scratchpad region (removes inbound ATU configuration). While BAR0 is
> + * the default self scratchpad BAR, an NTB could have other BARs for self
> + * scratchpad (because of reserved BARs). This function can get the exact BAR
> + * used for self scratchpad from epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
> + *
> + * Please note the self scratchpad region and config region is combined to
> + * a single region and mapped using the same BAR. Also note HOST2's peer
> + * scratchpad is HOST1's self scratchpad.
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> +{
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> +	enum pci_barno barno;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> +	pci_epc_clear_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_set() - Set Config + Self scratchpad BAR
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> + *
> + * Map BAR0 of EP CONTROLLER 1 which contains the HOST1's config and
> + * self scratchpad region. While BAR0 is the default self scratchpad BAR, an
> + * NTB could have other BARs for self scratchpad (because of reserved BARs).
> + * This function can get the exact BAR used for self scratchpad from
> + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
> + *
> + * Please note the self scratchpad region and config region is combined to
> + * a single region and mapped using the same BAR. Also note HOST2's peer
> + * scratchpad is HOST1's self scratchpad.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_set(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> +{
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> +	enum pci_barno barno;
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	ntb = ntb_epc->epf_ntb;
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> +
> +	ret = pci_epc_set_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s inft: Config/Status/SPAD BAR set failed\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(ntb_epc->type));
> +		return ret;
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free() - Free the physical memory associated with
> + *   config + scratchpad region
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> + *
> + * Free the Local Memory mentioned in the above diagram. After invoking this
> + * function, any of config + self scratchpad region of HOST1 or peer scratchpad
> + * region of HOST2 should not be accessed.
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> +{
> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +	enum pci_barno barno;
> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> +
> +	epf = ntb->epf;
> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> +		ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> +		if (ntb_epc->reg)
> +			pci_epf_free_space(epf, ntb_epc->reg, barno, type);
> +	}
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc() - Allocate memory for config + scratchpad
> + *   region
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> + *
> + * Allocate the Local Memory mentioned in the above diagram. The size of
> + * CONFIG REGION is sizeof(struct epf_ntb_ctrl) and size of SCRATCHPAD REGION
> + * is obtained from "spad-count" configfs entry.
> + *
> + * The size of both config region and scratchpad region has to be aligned,
> + * since the scratchpad region will also be mapped as PEER SCRATCHPAD of
> + * other host using a separate BAR.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +					 enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	const struct pci_epc_features *peer_epc_features, *epc_features;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> +	size_t msix_table_size, pba_size, align;
> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno, barno;
> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> +	u32 spad_size, ctrl_size;
> +	u64 size, peer_size;
> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	bool msix_capable;
> +	u32 spad_count;
> +	void *base;
> +
> +	epf = ntb->epf;
> +	dev = &epf->dev;
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +
> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> +	size = epc_features->bar_fixed_size[barno];
> +	align = epc_features->align;
> +
> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> +	peer_epc_features = peer_ntb_epc->epc_features;
> +	peer_barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD];
> +	peer_size = peer_epc_features->bar_fixed_size[peer_barno];
> +
> +	/* Check if epc_features is populated incorrectly */
> +	if ((!IS_ALIGNED(size, align)))
> +		return -EINVAL;
> +
> +	spad_count = ntb->spad_count;
> +
> +	ctrl_size = sizeof(struct epf_ntb_ctrl);
> +	spad_size = spad_count * 4;
> +
> +	msix_capable = epc_features->msix_capable;
> +	if (msix_capable) {
> +		msix_table_size = PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_SIZE * ntb->db_count;
> +		ctrl_size = ALIGN(ctrl_size, 8);
> +		ntb_epc->msix_table_offset = ctrl_size;
> +		ntb_epc->msix_bar = barno;
> +		/* Align to QWORD or 8 Bytes */
> +		pba_size = ALIGN(DIV_ROUND_UP(ntb->db_count, 8), 8);
> +		ctrl_size = ctrl_size + msix_table_size + pba_size;
> +	}
> +
> +	if (!align) {
> +		ctrl_size = roundup_pow_of_two(ctrl_size);
> +		spad_size = roundup_pow_of_two(spad_size);
> +	} else {
> +		ctrl_size = ALIGN(ctrl_size, align);
> +		spad_size = ALIGN(spad_size, align);
> +	}
> +
> +	if (peer_size) {
> +		if (peer_size < spad_size)
> +			spad_count = peer_size / 4;
> +		spad_size = peer_size;
> +	}
> +
> +	/*
> +	 * In order to make sure SPAD offset is aligned to its size,
> +	 * expand control region size to the size of SPAD if SPAD size
> +	 * is greater than control region size.
> +	 */
> +	if (spad_size > ctrl_size)
> +		ctrl_size = spad_size;
> +
> +	if (!size)
> +		size = ctrl_size + spad_size;
> +	else if (size < ctrl_size + spad_size)
> +		return -EINVAL;
> +
> +	base = pci_epf_alloc_space(epf, size, barno, align, type);
> +	if (!base) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Config/Status/SPAD alloc region fail\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +		return -ENOMEM;
> +	}
> +
> +	ntb_epc->reg = base;
> +
> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> +	ctrl->spad_offset = ctrl_size;
> +	ctrl->spad_count = spad_count;
> +	ctrl->num_mws = ntb->num_mws;
> +	ctrl->db_entry_size = align ? align : 4;
> +	ntb_epc->spad_size = spad_size;
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc_interface() - Allocate memory for config +
> + *   scratchpad region for each of PRIMARY and SECONDARY interface
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc() which allocates memory for
> + * config + scratchpad region for a specific interface
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> +{
> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +
> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> +		ret = epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc(ntb, type);
> +		if (ret) {
> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Config/SPAD BAR alloc failed\n",
> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +			return ret;
> +		}
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_free_peer_mem() - Free memory allocated in peers outbound address
> + *   space
> + * @ntb_epc: EPC associated with one of the HOST which holds peers outbound
> + *   address regions
> + *
> + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
> + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
> + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
> + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
> + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
> + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
> + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
> + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           +-----------------+
> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> + *
> + * Free memory allocated in EP CONTROLLER 2 (OB SPACE) in the above diagram.
> + * It'll free Doorbell 1, Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4, MW1 (and MW2, MW3,
> + * MW4).
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_free_peer_mem(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> +{
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> +	void __iomem *mw_addr;
> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
> +	enum pci_barno barno;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	size_t size;
> +
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	for (bar = BAR_DB_MW1; bar < BAR_MW4; bar++) {
> +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
> +		mw_addr = ntb_epc->mw_addr[barno];
> +		epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> +		phys_addr = epf_bar->phys_addr;
> +		size = epf_bar->size;
> +		if (mw_addr) {
> +			pci_epc_mem_free_addr(epc, phys_addr, mw_addr, size);
> +			ntb_epc->mw_addr[barno] = NULL;
> +		}
> +	}
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear() - Clear doorbell and memory BAR
> + * @ntb_epc: EPC associated with one of the HOST which holds peer's outbound
> + *   address
> + *
> + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
> + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
> + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
> + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
> + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
> + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
> + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
> + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           +-----------------+
> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> + *
> + * Clear doorbell and memory BARs (remove inbound ATU configuration). In the above
> + * diagram it clears BAR2 TO BAR5 of EP CONTROLLER 1 (Doorbell BAR, MW1 BAR, MW2
> + * BAR, MW3 BAR and MW4 BAR).
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> +{
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
> +	enum pci_barno barno;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +
> +	for (bar = BAR_DB_MW1; bar < BAR_MW4; bar++) {
> +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
> +		epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> +		pci_epc_clear_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> +	}
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup() - Clear doorbell/memory BAR and free memory
> + *   allocated in peers outbound address space
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear() to clear HOST1's BAR and
> + * epf_ntb_free_peer_mem() which frees up HOST2 outbound memory.
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				      enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> +
> +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear(ntb_epc);
> +	epf_ntb_free_peer_mem(peer_ntb_epc);
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_configure_interrupt() - Configure MSI/MSI-X capaiblity
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Configure MSI/MSI-X capability for each interface with number of
> + * interrupts equal to "db_count" configfs entry.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_configure_interrupt(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				       enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> +	bool msix_capable, msi_capable;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	u32 db_count;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +
> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> +	msix_capable = epc_features->msix_capable;
> +	msi_capable = epc_features->msi_capable;
> +
> +	if (!(msix_capable || msi_capable)) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "MSI or MSI-X is required for doorbell\n");
> +		return -EINVAL;
> +	}
> +
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +
> +	db_count = ntb->db_count;
> +	if (db_count > MAX_DB_COUNT) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "DB count cannot be more than %d\n", MAX_DB_COUNT);
> +		return -EINVAL;
> +	}
> +
> +	ntb->db_count = db_count;
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +
> +	if (msi_capable) {
> +		ret = pci_epc_set_msi(epc, func_no, db_count);
> +		if (ret) {
> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: MSI configuration failed\n",
> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +			return ret;
> +		}
> +	}
> +
> +	if (msix_capable) {
> +		ret = pci_epc_set_msix(epc, func_no, db_count,
> +				       ntb_epc->msix_bar,
> +				       ntb_epc->msix_table_offset);
> +		if (ret) {
> +			dev_err(dev, "MSI configuration failed\n");
> +			return ret;
> +		}
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() - Allocate memory in peer's outbound address space
> + * @ntb_epc: EPC associated with one of the HOST whose BAR holds peer's outbound
> + *   address
> + * @bar: BAR of @ntb_epc in for which memory has to be allocated (could be
> + *   BAR_DB_MW1, BAR_MW2, BAR_MW3, BAR_MW4)
> + * @peer_ntb_epc: EPC associated with HOST whose outbound address space is
> + *   used by @ntb_epc
> + * @size: Size of the address region that has to be allocated in peers OB SPACE
> + *
> + *
> + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
> + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
> + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
> + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
> + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
> + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
> + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
> + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
> + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           |                 |
> + *                                                           +-----------------+
> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> + *
> + * Allocate memory in OB space of EP CONTROLLER 2 in the above diagram. Allocate
> + * for Doorbell 1, Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4, MW1 (and MW2, MW3, MW4).
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem(struct device *dev,
> +				  struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc,
> +				  enum epf_ntb_bar bar,
> +				  struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc,
> +				  size_t size)
> +{
> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> +	struct pci_epc *peer_epc;
> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> +	void __iomem *mw_addr;
> +	enum pci_barno barno;
> +	size_t align;
> +
> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> +	align = epc_features->align;
> +
> +	if (size < 128)
> +		size = 128;
> +
> +	if (align)
> +		size = ALIGN(size, align);
> +	else
> +		size = roundup_pow_of_two(size);
> +
> +	peer_epc = peer_ntb_epc->epc;
> +	mw_addr = pci_epc_mem_alloc_addr(peer_epc, &phys_addr, size);
> +	if (!mw_addr) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Failed to allocate OB address\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(peer_ntb_epc->type));
> +		return -ENOMEM;
> +	}
> +
> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> +	ntb_epc->mw_addr[barno] = mw_addr;
> +
> +	epf_bar->phys_addr = phys_addr;
> +	epf_bar->size = size;
> +	epf_bar->barno = barno;
> +	epf_bar->flags = PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_32;
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_init() - Configure Doorbell and Memory window BARs
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() and pci_epc_set_bar() that allocates
> + * memory in OB address space of HOST2 and configures BAR of HOST1
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_init(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> +	u32 num_mws, db_count;
> +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
> +	enum pci_barno barno;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	size_t align;
> +	int ret, i;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +	u64 size;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> +
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> +	align = epc_features->align;
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +	num_mws = ntb->num_mws;
> +	db_count = ntb->db_count;
> +
> +	for (bar = BAR_DB_MW1, i = 0; i < num_mws; bar++, i++) {
> +		if (bar == BAR_DB_MW1) {
> +			align = align ? align : 4;
> +			size = db_count * align;
> +			size = ALIGN(size, ntb->mws_size[i]);
> +			ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> +			ctrl->mw1_offset = size;
> +			size += ntb->mws_size[i];
> +		} else {
> +			size = ntb->mws_size[i];
> +		}
> +
> +		ret = epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem(dev, ntb_epc, bar,
> +					     peer_ntb_epc, size);
> +		if (ret) {
> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: DoorBell mem alloc failed\n",
> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +			goto err_alloc_peer_mem;
> +		}
> +
> +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
> +		epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> +
> +		ret = pci_epc_set_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> +		if (ret) {
> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: DoorBell BAR set failed\n",
> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +			goto err_alloc_peer_mem;
> +		}
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +
> +err_alloc_peer_mem:
> +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(ntb, type);
> +
> +	return ret;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface() - Cleanup NTB EPC interface
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Unbind NTB function device from EPC and relinquish reference to pci_epc
> + * for each of the interface.
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +					  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> +
> +	if (type < 0)
> +		return;
> +
> +	epf = ntb->epf;
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	if (!ntb_epc)
> +		return;
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +	pci_epc_remove_epf(epc, epf, type);
> +	pci_epc_put(epc);
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_epc_destroy() - Cleanup NTB EPC interface
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface() to cleanup all the NTB interfaces
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_epc_destroy(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> +{
> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> +
> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++)
> +		epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface(ntb, type);
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_epc_create_interface() - Create and initialize NTB EPC interface
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @epc: struct pci_epc to which a particular NTB interface should be associated
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Allocate memory for NTB EPC interface and initialize it.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_epc_create_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +					struct pci_epc *epc,
> +					enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*ntb_epc), GFP_KERNEL);
> +	if (!ntb_epc)
> +		return -ENOMEM;
> +
> +	epf = ntb->epf;
> +	if (type == PRIMARY_INTERFACE) {
> +		func_no = epf->func_no;
> +		epf_bar = epf->bar;
> +	} else {
> +		func_no = epf->sec_epc_func_no;
> +		epf_bar = epf->sec_epc_bar;
> +	}
> +
> +	ntb_epc->linkup = false;
> +	ntb_epc->epc = epc;
> +	ntb_epc->func_no = func_no;
> +	ntb_epc->type = type;
> +	ntb_epc->epf_bar = epf_bar;
> +	ntb_epc->epf_ntb = ntb;
> +
> +	epc_features = pci_epc_get_features(epc, func_no);
> +	if (!epc_features)
> +		return -EINVAL;
> +	ntb_epc->epc_features = epc_features;
> +
> +	ntb->epc[type] = ntb_epc;
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_epc_create() - Create and initialize NTB EPC interface
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + * Get a reference to EPC device and bind NTB function device to that EPC
> + * for each of the interface. It is also a wrapper to
> + * epf_ntb_epc_create_interface() to allocate memory for NTB EPC interface
> + * and initialize it
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_epc_create(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> +{
> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	epf = ntb->epf;
> +	dev = &epf->dev;
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_create_interface(ntb, epf->epc, PRIMARY_INTERFACE);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "PRIMARY intf: Fail to create NTB EPC\n");
> +		return ret;
> +	}
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_create_interface(ntb, epf->sec_epc,
> +					   SECONDARY_INTERFACE);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "SECONDARY intf: Fail to create NTB EPC\n");
> +		goto err_epc_create;
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +
> +err_epc_create:
> +	epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface(ntb, PRIMARY_INTERFACE);
> +
> +	return ret;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface() - Identify BARs to be used for each of
> + *   the NTB constructs (scratchpad region, doorbell, memorywindow)
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Identify the free BARs to be used for each of BAR_CONFIG, BAR_PEER_SPAD,
> + * BAR_DB_MW1, BAR_MW2, BAR_MW3 and BAR_MW4.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +					  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +	enum pci_barno barno;
> +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	u32 num_mws;
> +	int i;
> +
> +	barno = BAR_0;
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	num_mws = ntb->num_mws;
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> +
> +	/* These are required BARs which are mandatory for NTB functionality */
> +	for (bar = BAR_CONFIG; bar <= BAR_DB_MW1; bar++, barno++) {
> +		barno = pci_epc_get_next_free_bar(epc_features, barno);
> +		if (barno < 0) {
> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Fail to get NTB function BAR\n",
> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +			return barno;
> +		}
> +		ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar] = barno;
> +	}
> +
> +	/* These are optional BARs which don't impact NTB functionality */
> +	for (bar = BAR_MW2, i = 1; i < num_mws; bar++, barno++, i++) {
> +		barno = pci_epc_get_next_free_bar(epc_features, barno);
> +		if (barno < 0) {
> +			ntb->num_mws = i;
> +			dev_dbg(dev, "BAR not available for > MW%d\n", i + 1);
> +		}
> +		ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar] = barno;
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_init_epc_bar() - Identify BARs to be used for each of the NTB
> + * constructs (scratchpad region, doorbell, memorywindow)
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Wrapper to epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface() to identify the free BARs
> + * to be used for each of BAR_CONFIG, BAR_PEER_SPAD, BAR_DB_MW1, BAR_MW2,
> + * BAR_MW3 and BAR_MW4 for all the interfaces.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_init_epc_bar(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> +{
> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> +		ret = epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface(ntb, type);
> +		if (ret) {
> +			dev_err(dev, "Fail to init EPC bar for %s interface\n",
> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +			return ret;
> +		}
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_epc_init_interface() - Initialize NTB interface
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Wrapper to initialize a particular EPC interface and start the workqueue
> + * to check for commands from host. This function will write to the
> + * EP controller HW for configuring it.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_epc_init_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +				      enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	u8 func_no;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	epf = ntb->epf;
> +	dev = &epf->dev;
> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_set(ntb->epc[type]);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Config/self SPAD BAR init failed\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +		return ret;
> +	}
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_set(ntb, type);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Peer SPAD BAR init failed\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +		goto err_peer_spad_bar_init;
> +	}
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_configure_interrupt(ntb, type);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Interrupt configuration failed\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +		goto err_peer_spad_bar_init;
> +	}
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_init(ntb, type);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: DB/MW BAR init failed\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +		goto err_db_mw_bar_init;
> +	}
> +
> +	ret = pci_epc_write_header(epc, func_no, epf->header);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Configuration header write failed\n",
> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +		goto err_write_header;
> +	}
> +
> +	INIT_DELAYED_WORK(&ntb->epc[type]->cmd_handler, epf_ntb_cmd_handler);
> +	queue_work(kpcintb_workqueue, &ntb->epc[type]->cmd_handler.work);
> +
> +	return 0;
> +
> +err_write_header:
> +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(ntb, type);
> +
> +err_db_mw_bar_init:
> +	epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear(ntb->epc[type]);
> +
> +err_peer_spad_bar_init:
> +	epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear(ntb->epc[type]);
> +
> +	return ret;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface() - Cleanup NTB interface
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> + *
> + * Wrapper to cleanup a particular NTB interface.
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> +					  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> +
> +	if (type < 0)
> +		return;
> +
> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> +	cancel_delayed_work(&ntb_epc->cmd_handler);
> +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(ntb, type);
> +	epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear(ntb_epc);
> +	epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear(ntb_epc);
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_epc_cleanup() - Cleanup all NTB interfaces
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + * Wrapper to cleanup all NTB interfaces.
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_epc_cleanup(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> +{
> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> +
> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++)
> +		epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface(ntb, type);
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_epc_init() - Initialize all NTB interfaces
> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> + *
> + * Wrapper to initialize all NTB interface and start the workqueue
> + * to check for commands from host.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_epc_init(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> +{
> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> +
> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> +		ret = epf_ntb_epc_init_interface(ntb, type);
> +		if (ret) {
> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Failed to initialize\n",
> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> +			goto err_init_type;
> +		}
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +
> +err_init_type:
> +	epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface(ntb, type - 1);
> +
> +	return ret;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_bind() - Initialize endpoint controller to provide NTB functionality
> + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
> + *
> + * Initialize both the endpoint controllers associated with NTB function device.
> + * Invoked when a primary interface or secondary interface is bound to EPC
> + * device. This function will succeed only when EPC is bound to both the
> + * interfaces.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_bind(struct pci_epf *epf)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = epf_get_drvdata(epf);
> +	struct device *dev = &epf->dev;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	if (!epf->epc) {
> +		dev_dbg(dev, "PRIMARY EPC interface not yet bound\n");
> +		return 0;
> +	}
> +
> +	if (!epf->sec_epc) {
> +		dev_dbg(dev, "SECONDARY EPC interface not yet bound\n");
> +		return 0;
> +	}
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_create(ntb);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to create NTB EPC\n");
> +		return ret;
> +	}
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_init_epc_bar(ntb);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to create NTB EPC\n");
> +		goto err_bar_init;
> +	}
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc_interface(ntb);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to allocate BAR memory\n");
> +		goto err_bar_alloc;
> +	}
> +
> +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_init(ntb);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to initialize EPC\n");
> +		goto err_bar_alloc;
> +	}
> +
> +	epf_set_drvdata(epf, ntb);
> +
> +	return 0;
> +
> +err_bar_alloc:
> +	epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free(ntb);
> +
> +err_bar_init:
> +	epf_ntb_epc_destroy(ntb);
> +
> +	return ret;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_unbind() - Cleanup the initialization from epf_ntb_bind()
> + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
> + *
> + * Cleanup the initialization from epf_ntb_bind()
> + */
> +static void epf_ntb_unbind(struct pci_epf *epf)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = epf_get_drvdata(epf);
> +
> +	epf_ntb_epc_cleanup(ntb);
> +	epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free(ntb);
> +	epf_ntb_epc_destroy(ntb);
> +}
> +
> +#define EPF_NTB_R(_name)						\
> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_show(struct config_item *item,		\
> +				      char *page)			\
> +{									\
> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
> +									\
> +	return sprintf(page, "%d\n", ntb->_name);			\
> +}
> +
> +#define EPF_NTB_W(_name)						\
> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_store(struct config_item *item,	\
> +				       const char *page, size_t len)	\
> +{									\
> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
> +	u32 val;							\
> +	int ret;							\
> +									\
> +	ret = kstrtou32(page, 0, &val);					\
> +	if (ret)							\
> +		return ret;						\
> +									\
> +	ntb->_name = val;						\
> +									\
> +	return len;							\
> +}
> +
> +#define EPF_NTB_MW_R(_name)						\
> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_show(struct config_item *item,		\
> +				      char *page)			\
> +{									\
> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
> +	int win_no;							\
> +									\
> +	sscanf(#_name, "mw%d", &win_no);				\
> +									\
> +	return sprintf(page, "%lld\n", ntb->mws_size[win_no - 1]);	\
> +}
> +
> +#define EPF_NTB_MW_W(_name)						\
> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_store(struct config_item *item,	\
> +				       const char *page, size_t len)	\
> +{									\
> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
> +	struct device *dev = &ntb->epf->dev;				\
> +	int win_no;							\
> +	u64 val;							\
> +	int ret;							\
> +									\
> +	ret = kstrtou64(page, 0, &val);					\
> +	if (ret)							\
> +		return ret;						\
> +									\
> +	if (sscanf(#_name, "mw%d", &win_no) != 1)			\
> +		return -EINVAL;						\
> +									\
> +	if (ntb->num_mws < win_no) {					\
> +		dev_err(dev, "Invalid num_nws: %d value\n", ntb->num_mws); \
> +		return -EINVAL;						\
> +	}								\
> +									\
> +	ntb->mws_size[win_no - 1] = val;				\
> +									\
> +	return len;							\
> +}
> +
> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_num_mws_store(struct config_item *item,
> +				     const char *page, size_t len)
> +{
> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);
> +	u32 val;
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	ret = kstrtou32(page, 0, &val);
> +	if (ret)
> +		return ret;
> +
> +	if (val > MAX_MW)
> +		return -EINVAL;
> +
> +	ntb->num_mws = val;
> +
> +	return len;
> +}
> +
> +EPF_NTB_R(spad_count)
> +EPF_NTB_W(spad_count)
> +EPF_NTB_R(db_count)
> +EPF_NTB_W(db_count)
> +EPF_NTB_R(num_mws)
> +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw1)
> +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw1)
> +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw2)
> +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw2)
> +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw3)
> +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw3)
> +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw4)
> +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw4)
> +
> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, spad_count);
> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, db_count);
> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, num_mws);
> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw1);
> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw2);
> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw3);
> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw4);
> +
> +static struct configfs_attribute *epf_ntb_attrs[] = {
> +	&epf_ntb_attr_spad_count,
> +	&epf_ntb_attr_db_count,
> +	&epf_ntb_attr_num_mws,
> +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw1,
> +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw2,
> +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw3,
> +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw4,
> +	NULL,
> +};
> +
> +static const struct config_item_type ntb_group_type = {
> +	.ct_attrs	= epf_ntb_attrs,
> +	.ct_owner	= THIS_MODULE,
> +};
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_add_cfs() - Add configfs directory specific to NTB
> + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
> + *
> + * Add configfs directory specific to NTB. This directory will hold
> + * NTB specific properties like db_count, spad_count, num_mws etc.,
> + */
> +static struct config_group *epf_ntb_add_cfs(struct pci_epf *epf,
> +					    struct config_group *group)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = epf_get_drvdata(epf);
> +	struct config_group *ntb_group = &ntb->group;
> +	struct device *dev = &epf->dev;
> +
> +	config_group_init_type_name(ntb_group, dev_name(dev), &ntb_group_type);
> +
> +	return ntb_group;
> +}
> +
> +/**
> + * epf_ntb_probe() - Probe NTB function driver
> + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
> + *
> + * Probe NTB function driver when endpoint function bus detects a NTB
> + * endpoint function.
> + */
> +static int epf_ntb_probe(struct pci_epf *epf)
> +{
> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb;
> +	struct device *dev;
> +
> +	dev = &epf->dev;
> +
> +	ntb = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*ntb), GFP_KERNEL);
> +	if (!ntb)
> +		return -ENOMEM;
> +
> +	epf->header = &epf_ntb_header;
> +	ntb->epf = epf;
> +	epf_set_drvdata(epf, ntb);
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +
> +static struct pci_epf_ops epf_ntb_ops = {
> +	.bind	= epf_ntb_bind,
> +	.unbind	= epf_ntb_unbind,
> +	.add_cfs = epf_ntb_add_cfs,
> +};
> +
> +static const struct pci_epf_device_id epf_ntb_ids[] = {
> +	{
> +		.name = "pci_epf_ntb",
> +	},
> +	{},
> +};
> +
> +static struct pci_epf_driver epf_ntb_driver = {
> +	.driver.name	= "pci_epf_ntb",
> +	.probe		= epf_ntb_probe,
> +	.id_table	= epf_ntb_ids,
> +	.ops		= &epf_ntb_ops,
> +	.owner		= THIS_MODULE,
> +};
> +
> +static int __init epf_ntb_init(void)
> +{
> +	int ret;
> +
> +	kpcintb_workqueue = alloc_workqueue("kpcintb", WQ_MEM_RECLAIM |
> +					    WQ_HIGHPRI, 0);
> +	ret = pci_epf_register_driver(&epf_ntb_driver);
> +	if (ret) {
> +		destroy_workqueue(kpcintb_workqueue);
> +		pr_err("Failed to register pci epf ntb driver --> %d\n", ret);
> +		return ret;
> +	}
> +
> +	return 0;
> +}
> +module_init(epf_ntb_init);
> +
> +static void __exit epf_ntb_exit(void)
> +{
> +	pci_epf_unregister_driver(&epf_ntb_driver);
> +	destroy_workqueue(kpcintb_workqueue);
> +}
> +module_exit(epf_ntb_exit);
> +
> +MODULE_DESCRIPTION("PCI EPF NTB DRIVER");
> +MODULE_AUTHOR("Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>");
> +MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");
>
Lorenzo Pieralisi Feb. 4, 2021, 5:09 p.m. UTC | #3
On Thu, Feb 04, 2021 at 07:15:39PM +0530, Kishon Vijay Abraham I wrote:
> Hi Lorenzo,
> 
> On 04/02/21 3:28 pm, Lorenzo Pieralisi wrote:
> > On Tue, Feb 02, 2021 at 12:12:55PM -0800, Randy Dunlap wrote:
> >> The pci-epf-ntb driver uses configfs APIs, so it should depend on
> >> CONFIGFS_FS to prevent build errors.
> >>
> >> ld: drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.o: in function `epf_ntb_add_cfs':
> >> pci-epf-ntb.c:(.text+0x1b): undefined reference to `config_group_init_type_name'
> >>
> >> Fixes: 7dc64244f9e9 ("PCI: endpoint: Add EP function driver to provide NTB functionality")
> >>
> >> Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
> >> Cc: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
> >> Cc: Lorenzo Pieralisi <lorenzo.pieralisi@arm.com>
> >> Cc: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
> >> ---
> >> You may switch to 'select CONFIG_FS_FS' if you feel strongly about it.
> > 
> > Kishon ?
> 
> There seems to be some issue in the version that got merged. The v11
> patch series had this fixed [1] by using select CONFIGFS_FS. However
> whatever was merged seems to be v10 which didn't have select CONFIGFS_FS
> [2]. I had sent a private mail to you pointing the same (attached for
> reference, not sure if it was delivered).

I think that Bjorn has not pulled my pci/ntb branch yet (so the one
in -next is v10 indeed, my one should be v11, please check).

Thanks,
Lorenzo

> Thanks
> Kishon
> 
> [1] ->
> https://lore.kernel.org/linux-doc/20210201195809.7342-14-kishon@ti.com/
> 
> [2] ->
> https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/tree/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> > 
> > Thanks,
> > Lorenzo
> > 
> >>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig |    1 +
> >>  1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
> >>
> >> --- linux-next-20210202.orig/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> >> +++ linux-next-20210202/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> >> @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ config PCI_EPF_TEST
> >>  config PCI_EPF_NTB
> >>  	tristate "PCI Endpoint NTB driver"
> >>  	depends on PCI_ENDPOINT
> >> +	depends on CONFIGFS_FS
> >>  	help
> >>  	  Select this configuration option to enable the NTB driver
> >>  	  for PCI Endpoint. NTB driver implements NTB controller

> Date: Tue, 2 Feb 2021 21:57:37 +0530
> From: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
> To: Lorenzo Pieralisi <lorenzo.pieralisi@arm.com>
> Subject: Re: [PATCH v11 13/17] PCI: endpoint: Add EP function driver to
>  provide NTB functionality
> User-Agent: Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux x86_64; rv:68.0) Gecko/20100101
>  Thunderbird/68.10.0
> 
> Hi Lorenzo,
> 
> On 02/02/21 1:28 am, Kishon Vijay Abraham I wrote:
> > Add a new endpoint function driver to provide NTB functionality
> > using multiple PCIe endpoint instances.
> > 
> > Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
> > [arnd@arndb.de: Select configfs dependency]
> > Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
> > [yebin10@huawei.com: Fix unused but set variables]
> > Signed-off-by: Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com>
> > [geert+renesas@glider.be: Explain NTB in PCI_EPF_NTB help text]
> > Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
> > ---
> >  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig       |   13 +
> >  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile      |    1 +
> >  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c | 2128 ++++++++++++++++++
> >  3 files changed, 2142 insertions(+)
> >  create mode 100644 drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c
> > 
> > diff --git a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> > index 8820d0f7ec77..5f1242ca2f4e 100644
> > --- a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> > +++ b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> > @@ -12,3 +12,16 @@ config PCI_EPF_TEST
> >  	   for PCI Endpoint.
> >  
> >  	   If in doubt, say "N" to disable Endpoint test driver.
> > +
> > +config PCI_EPF_NTB
> > +	tristate "PCI Endpoint NTB driver"
> > +	depends on PCI_ENDPOINT
> > +	select CONFIGFS_FS
> 
> I'm seeing some difference between here and linux-next.
> https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/tree/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
> 
> I see "select CONFIGFS_FS" missing in linux-next.
> 
> Thank You,
> Kishon
> 
> > +	help
> > +	  Select this configuration option to enable the Non-Transparent
> > +	  Bridge (NTB) driver for PCI Endpoint. NTB driver implements NTB
> > +	  controller functionality using multiple PCIe endpoint instances.
> > +	  It can support NTB endpoint function devices created using
> > +	  device tree.
> > +
> > +	  If in doubt, say "N" to disable Endpoint NTB driver.
> > diff --git a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile
> > index d6fafff080e2..96ab932a537a 100644
> > --- a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile
> > +++ b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile
> > @@ -4,3 +4,4 @@
> >  #
> >  
> >  obj-$(CONFIG_PCI_EPF_TEST)		+= pci-epf-test.o
> > +obj-$(CONFIG_PCI_EPF_NTB)		+= pci-epf-ntb.o
> > diff --git a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c
> > new file mode 100644
> > index 000000000000..338148cf56f5
> > --- /dev/null
> > +++ b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c
> > @@ -0,0 +1,2128 @@
> > +// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
> > +/**
> > + * Endpoint Function Driver to implement Non-Transparent Bridge functionality
> > + *
> > + * Copyright (C) 2020 Texas Instruments
> > + * Author: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
> > + */
> > +
> > +/*
> > + * The PCI NTB function driver configures the SoC with multiple PCIe Endpoint
> > + * (EP) controller instances (see diagram below) in such a way that
> > + * transactions from one EP controller are routed to the other EP controller.
> > + * Once PCI NTB function driver configures the SoC with multiple EP instances,
> > + * HOST1 and HOST2 can communicate with each other using SoC as a bridge.
> > + *
> > + *    +-------------+                                   +-------------+
> > + *    |             |                                   |             |
> > + *    |    HOST1    |                                   |    HOST2    |
> > + *    |             |                                   |             |
> > + *    +------^------+                                   +------^------+
> > + *           |                                                 |
> > + *           |                                                 |
> > + * +---------|-------------------------------------------------|---------+
> > + * |  +------v------+                                   +------v------+  |
> > + * |  |             |                                   |             |  |
> > + * |  |     EP      |                                   |     EP      |  |
> > + * |  | CONTROLLER1 |                                   | CONTROLLER2 |  |
> > + * |  |             <----------------------------------->             |  |
> > + * |  |             |                                   |             |  |
> > + * |  |             |                                   |             |  |
> > + * |  |             |  SoC With Multiple EP Instances   |             |  |
> > + * |  |             |  (Configured using NTB Function)  |             |  |
> > + * |  +-------------+                                   +-------------+  |
> > + * +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
> > + */
> > +
> > +#include <linux/delay.h>
> > +#include <linux/io.h>
> > +#include <linux/module.h>
> > +#include <linux/slab.h>
> > +
> > +#include <linux/pci-epc.h>
> > +#include <linux/pci-epf.h>
> > +
> > +static struct workqueue_struct *kpcintb_workqueue;
> > +
> > +#define COMMAND_CONFIGURE_DOORBELL	1
> > +#define COMMAND_TEARDOWN_DOORBELL	2
> > +#define COMMAND_CONFIGURE_MW		3
> > +#define COMMAND_TEARDOWN_MW		4
> > +#define COMMAND_LINK_UP			5
> > +#define COMMAND_LINK_DOWN		6
> > +
> > +#define COMMAND_STATUS_OK		1
> > +#define COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR		2
> > +
> > +#define LINK_STATUS_UP			BIT(0)
> > +
> > +#define SPAD_COUNT			64
> > +#define DB_COUNT			4
> > +#define NTB_MW_OFFSET			2
> > +#define DB_COUNT_MASK			GENMASK(15, 0)
> > +#define MSIX_ENABLE			BIT(16)
> > +#define MAX_DB_COUNT			32
> > +#define MAX_MW				4
> > +
> > +enum epf_ntb_bar {
> > +	BAR_CONFIG,
> > +	BAR_PEER_SPAD,
> > +	BAR_DB_MW1,
> > +	BAR_MW2,
> > +	BAR_MW3,
> > +	BAR_MW4,
> > +};
> > +
> > +struct epf_ntb {
> > +	u32 num_mws;
> > +	u32 db_count;
> > +	u32 spad_count;
> > +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> > +	u64 mws_size[MAX_MW];
> > +	struct config_group group;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *epc[2];
> > +};
> > +
> > +#define to_epf_ntb(epf_group) container_of((epf_group), struct epf_ntb, group)
> > +
> > +struct epf_ntb_epc {
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +	bool linkup;
> > +	bool is_msix;
> > +	int msix_bar;
> > +	u32 spad_size;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	struct epf_ntb *epf_ntb;
> > +	void __iomem *mw_addr[6];
> > +	size_t msix_table_offset;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *reg;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno epf_ntb_bar[6];
> > +	struct delayed_work cmd_handler;
> > +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> > +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> > +};
> > +
> > +struct epf_ntb_ctrl {
> > +	u32	command;
> > +	u32	argument;
> > +	u16	command_status;
> > +	u16	link_status;
> > +	u32	topology;
> > +	u64	addr;
> > +	u64	size;
> > +	u32	num_mws;
> > +	u32	mw1_offset;
> > +	u32	spad_offset;
> > +	u32	spad_count;
> > +	u32	db_entry_size;
> > +	u32	db_data[MAX_DB_COUNT];
> > +	u32	db_offset[MAX_DB_COUNT];
> > +} __packed;
> > +
> > +static struct pci_epf_header epf_ntb_header = {
> > +	.vendorid	= PCI_ANY_ID,
> > +	.deviceid	= PCI_ANY_ID,
> > +	.baseclass_code	= PCI_BASE_CLASS_MEMORY,
> > +	.interrupt_pin	= PCI_INTERRUPT_INTA,
> > +};
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_link_up() - Raise link_up interrupt to both the hosts
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @link_up: true or false indicating Link is UP or Down
> > + *
> > + * Once NTB function in HOST1 and the NTB function in HOST2 invoke
> > + * ntb_link_enable(), this NTB function driver will trigger a link event to
> > + * the NTB client in both the hosts.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_link_up(struct epf_ntb *ntb, bool link_up)
> > +{
> > +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> > +	enum pci_epc_irq_type irq_type;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	bool is_msix;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> > +		ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +		epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +		func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +		is_msix = ntb_epc->is_msix;
> > +		ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> > +		if (link_up)
> > +			ctrl->link_status |= LINK_STATUS_UP;
> > +		else
> > +			ctrl->link_status &= ~LINK_STATUS_UP;
> > +		irq_type = is_msix ? PCI_EPC_IRQ_MSIX : PCI_EPC_IRQ_MSI;
> > +		ret = pci_epc_raise_irq(epc, func_no, irq_type, 1);
> > +		if (ret) {
> > +			dev_err(&epc->dev,
> > +				"%s intf: Failed to raise Link Up IRQ\n",
> > +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +			return ret;
> > +		}
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_configure_mw() - Configure the Outbound Address Space for one host
> > + *   to access the memory window of other host
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + * @mw: Index of the memory window (either 0, 1, 2 or 3)
> > + *
> > + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
> > + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> > + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
> > + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
> > + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> > + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
> > + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
> > + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> > + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
> > + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> > + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
> > + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
> > + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> > + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> > + *
> > + * This function performs stage (B) in the above diagram (see MW1) i.e., map OB
> > + * address space of memory window to PCI address space.
> > + *
> > + * This operation requires 3 parameters
> > + *  1) Address in the outbound address space
> > + *  2) Address in the PCI Address space
> > + *  3) Size of the address region to be mapped
> > + *
> > + * The address in the outbound address space (for MW1, MW2, MW3 and MW4) is
> > + * stored in epf_bar corresponding to BAR_DB_MW1 for MW1 and BAR_MW2, BAR_MW3
> > + * BAR_MW4 for rest of the BARs of epf_ntb_epc that is connected to HOST1. This
> > + * is populated in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() in this driver.
> > + *
> > + * The address and size of the PCI address region that has to be mapped would
> > + * be provided by HOST2 in ctrl->addr and ctrl->size of epf_ntb_epc that is
> > + * connected to HOST2.
> > + *
> > + * Please note Memory window1 (MW1) and Doorbell registers together will be
> > + * mapped to a single BAR (BAR2) above for 32-bit BARs. The exact BAR that's
> > + * used for Memory window (MW) can be obtained from epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1],
> > + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_MW2], epf_ntb_bar[BAR_MW2], epf_ntb_bar[BAR_MW2].
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_configure_mw(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				enum pci_epc_interface_type type, u32 mw)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> > +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	u64 addr, size;
> > +	int ret = 0;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> > +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET];
> > +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> > +
> > +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> > +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> > +	addr = ctrl->addr;
> > +	size = ctrl->size;
> > +	if (mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET == BAR_DB_MW1)
> > +		phys_addr += ctrl->mw1_offset;
> > +
> > +	if (size > ntb->mws_size[mw]) {
> > +		dev_err(&epc->dev,
> > +			"%s intf: MW: %d Req Sz:%llxx > Supported Sz:%llx\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type), mw, size,
> > +			ntb->mws_size[mw]);
> > +		ret = -EINVAL;
> > +		goto err_invalid_size;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +
> > +	ret = pci_epc_map_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr, addr, size);
> > +	if (ret)
> > +		dev_err(&epc->dev,
> > +			"%s intf: Failed to map memory window %d address\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type), mw);
> > +
> > +err_invalid_size:
> > +
> > +	return ret;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_teardown_mw() - Teardown the configured OB ATU
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + * @mw: Index of the memory window (either 0, 1, 2 or 3)
> > + *
> > + * Teardown the configured OB ATU configured in epf_ntb_configure_mw() using
> > + * pci_epc_unmap_addr()
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_teardown_mw(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				enum pci_epc_interface_type type, u32 mw)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> > +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> > +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET];
> > +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> > +
> > +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> > +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> > +	if (mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET == BAR_DB_MW1)
> > +		phys_addr += ctrl->mw1_offset;
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +
> > +	pci_epc_unmap_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr);
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_configure_msi() - Map OB address space to MSI address
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + * @db_count: Number of doorbell interrupts to map
> > + *
> > + *+-----------------+    +----->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR0      |    |      |   Doorbell 1   +---+------->   MSI ADDRESS   |
> > + *+-----------------+    |      +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR1      |    |      |   Doorbell 2   +---+       |                 |
> > + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+   |       |                 |
> > + *|       BAR2      |           |   Doorbell 3   +---+       |                 |
> > + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+   |       |                 |
> > + *|       BAR3      |    |      |   Doorbell 4   +---+       |                 |
> > + *+-----------------+    |      |----------------+           |                 |
> > + *|       BAR4      |    |      |                |           |                 |
> > + *+-----------------+    |      |      MW1       |           |                 |
> > + *|       BAR5      |    |      |                |           |                 |
> > + *+-----------------+    +----->-----------------+           |                 |
> > + *  EP CONTROLLER 1             |                |           |                 |
> > + *                              |                |           |                 |
> > + *                              +----------------+           +-----------------+
> > + *                     (A)       EP CONTROLLER 2             |                 |
> > + *                                 (OB SPACE)                |                 |
> > + *                                                           |      MW1        |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> > + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> > + *
> > + *
> > + * This function performs stage (B) in the above diagram (see Doorbell 1,
> > + * Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4) i.e map OB address space corresponding to
> > + * doorbell to MSI address in PCI address space.
> > + *
> > + * This operation requires 3 parameters
> > + *  1) Address reserved for doorbell in the outbound address space
> > + *  2) MSI-X address in the PCIe Address space
> > + *  3) Number of MSI-X interrupts that has to be configured
> > + *
> > + * The address in the outbound address space (for the Doorbell) is stored in
> > + * epf_bar corresponding to BAR_DB_MW1 of epf_ntb_epc that is connected to
> > + * HOST1. This is populated in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() in this driver along
> > + * with address for MW1.
> > + *
> > + * pci_epc_map_msi_irq() takes the MSI address from MSI capability register
> > + * and maps the OB address (obtained in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem()) to the MSI
> > + * address.
> > + *
> > + * epf_ntb_configure_msi() also stores the MSI data to raise each interrupt
> > + * in db_data of the peer's control region. This helps the peer to raise
> > + * doorbell of the other host by writing db_data to the BAR corresponding to
> > + * BAR_DB_MW1.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_configure_msi(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				 enum pci_epc_interface_type type, u16 db_count)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> > +	u32 db_entry_size, db_data, db_offset;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *peer_ctrl;
> > +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> > +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +	int ret, i;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> > +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1];
> > +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> > +	peer_ctrl = peer_ntb_epc->reg;
> > +	db_entry_size = peer_ctrl->db_entry_size;
> > +
> > +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +
> > +	ret = pci_epc_map_msi_irq(epc, func_no, phys_addr, db_count,
> > +				  db_entry_size, &db_data, &db_offset);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(&epc->dev, "%s intf: Failed to map MSI IRQ\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +		return ret;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	for (i = 0; i < db_count; i++) {
> > +		peer_ctrl->db_data[i] = db_data | i;
> > +		peer_ctrl->db_offset[i] = db_offset;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_configure_msix() - Map OB address space to MSI-X address
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + * @db_count: Number of doorbell interrupts to map
> > + *
> > + *+-----------------+    +----->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR0      |    |      |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI-X ADDRESS 1 |
> > + *+-----------------+    |      +----------------+           +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR1      |    |      |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> > + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+         | |                 |
> > + *|       BAR2      |           |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> > + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+       | +-> MSI-X ADDRESS 2 |
> > + *|       BAR3      |    |      |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> > + *+-----------------+    |      |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> > + *|       BAR4      |    |      |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> > + *+-----------------+    |      |      MW1       +     | +-->+ MSI-X ADDRESS 3||
> > + *|       BAR5      |    |      |                |     |     +-----------------+
> > + *+-----------------+    +----->-----------------+     |     |                 |
> > + *  EP CONTROLLER 1             |                |     |     +-----------------+
> > + *                              |                |     +---->+ MSI-X ADDRESS 4 |
> > + *                              +----------------+           +-----------------+
> > + *                     (A)       EP CONTROLLER 2             |                 |
> > + *                                 (OB SPACE)                |                 |
> > + *                                                           |      MW1        |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> > + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> > + *
> > + * This function performs stage (B) in the above diagram (see Doorbell 1,
> > + * Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4) i.e map OB address space corresponding to
> > + * doorbell to MSI-X address in PCI address space.
> > + *
> > + * This operation requires 3 parameters
> > + *  1) Address reserved for doorbell in the outbound address space
> > + *  2) MSI-X address in the PCIe Address space
> > + *  3) Number of MSI-X interrupts that has to be configured
> > + *
> > + * The address in the outbound address space (for the Doorbell) is stored in
> > + * epf_bar corresponding to BAR_DB_MW1 of epf_ntb_epc that is connected to
> > + * HOST1. This is populated in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() in this driver along
> > + * with address for MW1.
> > + *
> > + * The MSI-X address is in the MSI-X table of EP CONTROLLER 2 and
> > + * the count of doorbell is in ctrl->argument of epf_ntb_epc that is connected
> > + * to HOST2. MSI-X table is stored memory mapped to ntb_epc->msix_bar and the
> > + * offset is in ntb_epc->msix_table_offset. From this epf_ntb_configure_msix()
> > + * gets the MSI-X address and data.
> > + *
> > + * epf_ntb_configure_msix() also stores the MSI-X data to raise each interrupt
> > + * in db_data of the peer's control region. This helps the peer to raise
> > + * doorbell of the other host by writing db_data to the BAR corresponding to
> > + * BAR_DB_MW1.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_configure_msix(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				  enum pci_epc_interface_type type,
> > +				  u16 db_count)
> > +{
> > +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar, *epf_bar;
> > +	struct pci_epf_msix_tbl *msix_tbl;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *peer_ctrl;
> > +	u32 db_entry_size, msg_data;
> > +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> > +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	size_t align;
> > +	u64 msg_addr;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +	int ret, i;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[ntb_epc->msix_bar];
> > +	msix_tbl = epf_bar->addr + ntb_epc->msix_table_offset;
> > +
> > +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> > +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1];
> > +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> > +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> > +	peer_ctrl = peer_ntb_epc->reg;
> > +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> > +	align = epc_features->align;
> > +
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +	db_entry_size = peer_ctrl->db_entry_size;
> > +
> > +	for (i = 0; i < db_count; i++) {
> > +		msg_addr = ALIGN_DOWN(msix_tbl[i].msg_addr, align);
> > +		msg_data = msix_tbl[i].msg_data;
> > +		ret = pci_epc_map_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr, msg_addr,
> > +				       db_entry_size);
> > +		if (ret) {
> > +			dev_err(&epc->dev,
> > +				"%s intf: Failed to configure MSI-X IRQ\n",
> > +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +			return ret;
> > +		}
> > +		phys_addr = phys_addr + db_entry_size;
> > +		peer_ctrl->db_data[i] = msg_data;
> > +		peer_ctrl->db_offset[i] = msix_tbl[i].msg_addr & (align - 1);
> > +	}
> > +	ntb_epc->is_msix = true;
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_configure_db() - Configure the Outbound Address Space for one host
> > + *   to ring the doorbell of other host
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + * @db_count: Count of the number of doorbells that has to be configured
> > + * @msix: Indicates whether MSI-X or MSI should be used
> > + *
> > + * Invokes epf_ntb_configure_msix() or epf_ntb_configure_msi() required for
> > + * one HOST to ring the doorbell of other HOST.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_configure_db(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				enum pci_epc_interface_type type,
> > +				u16 db_count, bool msix)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	if (db_count > MAX_DB_COUNT)
> > +		return -EINVAL;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	if (msix)
> > +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_msix(ntb, type, db_count);
> > +	else
> > +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_msi(ntb, type, db_count);
> > +
> > +	if (ret)
> > +		dev_err(&epc->dev, "%s intf: Failed to configure DB\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +
> > +	return ret;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_teardown_db() - Unmap address in OB address space to MSI/MSI-X
> > + *   address
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Invoke pci_epc_unmap_addr() to unmap OB address to MSI/MSI-X address.
> > + */
> > +static void
> > +epf_ntb_teardown_db(struct epf_ntb *ntb, enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
> > +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> > +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1];
> > +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> > +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +
> > +	pci_epc_unmap_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr);
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_cmd_handler() - Handle commands provided by the NTB Host
> > + * @work: work_struct for the two epf_ntb_epc (PRIMARY and SECONDARY)
> > + *
> > + * Workqueue function that gets invoked for the two epf_ntb_epc
> > + * periodically (once every 5ms) to see if it has received any commands
> > + * from NTB host. The host can send commands to configure doorbell or
> > + * configure memory window or to update link status.
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_cmd_handler(struct work_struct *work)
> > +{
> > +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> > +	u32 command, argument;
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	u16 db_count;
> > +	bool is_msix;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = container_of(work, struct epf_ntb_epc, cmd_handler.work);
> > +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> > +	command = ctrl->command;
> > +	if (!command)
> > +		goto reset_handler;
> > +	argument = ctrl->argument;
> > +
> > +	ctrl->command = 0;
> > +	ctrl->argument = 0;
> > +
> > +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> > +	type = ntb_epc->type;
> > +	ntb = ntb_epc->epf_ntb;
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	switch (command) {
> > +	case COMMAND_CONFIGURE_DOORBELL:
> > +		db_count = argument & DB_COUNT_MASK;
> > +		is_msix = argument & MSIX_ENABLE;
> > +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_db(ntb, type, db_count, is_msix);
> > +		if (ret < 0)
> > +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
> > +		else
> > +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> > +		break;
> > +	case COMMAND_TEARDOWN_DOORBELL:
> > +		epf_ntb_teardown_db(ntb, type);
> > +		ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> > +		break;
> > +	case COMMAND_CONFIGURE_MW:
> > +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_mw(ntb, type, argument);
> > +		if (ret < 0)
> > +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
> > +		else
> > +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> > +		break;
> > +	case COMMAND_TEARDOWN_MW:
> > +		epf_ntb_teardown_mw(ntb, type, argument);
> > +		ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> > +		break;
> > +	case COMMAND_LINK_UP:
> > +		ntb_epc->linkup = true;
> > +		if (ntb->epc[PRIMARY_INTERFACE]->linkup &&
> > +		    ntb->epc[SECONDARY_INTERFACE]->linkup) {
> > +			ret = epf_ntb_link_up(ntb, true);
> > +			if (ret < 0)
> > +				ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
> > +			else
> > +				ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> > +			goto reset_handler;
> > +		}
> > +		ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> > +		break;
> > +	case COMMAND_LINK_DOWN:
> > +		ntb_epc->linkup = false;
> > +		ret = epf_ntb_link_up(ntb, false);
> > +		if (ret < 0)
> > +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
> > +		else
> > +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
> > +		break;
> > +	default:
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf UNKNOWN command: %d\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type), command);
> > +		break;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +reset_handler:
> > +	queue_delayed_work(kpcintb_workqueue, &ntb_epc->cmd_handler,
> > +			   msecs_to_jiffies(5));
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear() - Clear Peer Scratchpad BAR
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + *+-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> > + *+-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> > + *+-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> > + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> > + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> > + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> > + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *  EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> > + *
> > + * Clear BAR1 of EP CONTROLLER 2 which contains the HOST2's peer scratchpad
> > + * region. While BAR1 is the default peer scratchpad BAR, an NTB could have
> > + * other BARs for peer scratchpad (because of 64-bit BARs or reserved BARs).
> > + * This function can get the exact BAR used for peer scratchpad from
> > + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD].
> > + *
> > + * Since HOST2's peer scratchpad is also HOST1's self scratchpad, this function
> > + * gets the address of peer scratchpad from
> > + * peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> > +{
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno barno;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD];
> > +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> > +	pci_epc_clear_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_set() - Set peer scratchpad BAR
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + *+-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> > + *+-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> > + *+-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> > + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> > + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> > + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *|       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> > + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *  EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> > + *
> > + * Set BAR1 of EP CONTROLLER 2 which contains the HOST2's peer scratchpad
> > + * region. While BAR1 is the default peer scratchpad BAR, an NTB could have
> > + * other BARs for peer scratchpad (because of 64-bit BARs or reserved BARs).
> > + * This function can get the exact BAR used for peer scratchpad from
> > + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD].
> > + *
> > + * Since HOST2's peer scratchpad is also HOST1's self scratchpad, this function
> > + * gets the address of peer scratchpad from
> > + * peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_set(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				     enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar, *epf_bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno peer_barno, barno;
> > +	u32 peer_spad_offset;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> > +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> > +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD];
> > +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	peer_spad_offset = peer_ntb_epc->reg->spad_offset;
> > +	epf_bar->phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr + peer_spad_offset;
> > +	epf_bar->size = peer_ntb_epc->spad_size;
> > +	epf_bar->barno = barno;
> > +	epf_bar->flags = PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_32;
> > +
> > +	ret = pci_epc_set_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: peer SPAD BAR set failed\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +		return ret;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear() - Clear Config + Self scratchpad BAR
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> > + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> > + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> > + *
> > + * Clear BAR0 of EP CONTROLLER 1 which contains the HOST1's config and
> > + * self scratchpad region (removes inbound ATU configuration). While BAR0 is
> > + * the default self scratchpad BAR, an NTB could have other BARs for self
> > + * scratchpad (because of reserved BARs). This function can get the exact BAR
> > + * used for self scratchpad from epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
> > + *
> > + * Please note the self scratchpad region and config region is combined to
> > + * a single region and mapped using the same BAR. Also note HOST2's peer
> > + * scratchpad is HOST1's self scratchpad.
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> > +{
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno barno;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> > +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> > +	pci_epc_clear_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_set() - Set Config + Self scratchpad BAR
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> > + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> > + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> > + *
> > + * Map BAR0 of EP CONTROLLER 1 which contains the HOST1's config and
> > + * self scratchpad region. While BAR0 is the default self scratchpad BAR, an
> > + * NTB could have other BARs for self scratchpad (because of reserved BARs).
> > + * This function can get the exact BAR used for self scratchpad from
> > + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
> > + *
> > + * Please note the self scratchpad region and config region is combined to
> > + * a single region and mapped using the same BAR. Also note HOST2's peer
> > + * scratchpad is HOST1's self scratchpad.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_set(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> > +{
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno barno;
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	ntb = ntb_epc->epf_ntb;
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> > +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> > +
> > +	ret = pci_epc_set_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s inft: Config/Status/SPAD BAR set failed\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(ntb_epc->type));
> > +		return ret;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free() - Free the physical memory associated with
> > + *   config + scratchpad region
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> > + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> > + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> > + *
> > + * Free the Local Memory mentioned in the above diagram. After invoking this
> > + * function, any of config + self scratchpad region of HOST1 or peer scratchpad
> > + * region of HOST2 should not be accessed.
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> > +{
> > +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +	enum pci_barno barno;
> > +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> > +
> > +	epf = ntb->epf;
> > +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> > +		ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> > +		if (ntb_epc->reg)
> > +			pci_epf_free_space(epf, ntb_epc->reg, barno, type);
> > +	}
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc() - Allocate memory for config + scratchpad
> > + *   region
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
> > + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
> > + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
> > + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
> > + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
> > + *
> > + * Allocate the Local Memory mentioned in the above diagram. The size of
> > + * CONFIG REGION is sizeof(struct epf_ntb_ctrl) and size of SCRATCHPAD REGION
> > + * is obtained from "spad-count" configfs entry.
> > + *
> > + * The size of both config region and scratchpad region has to be aligned,
> > + * since the scratchpad region will also be mapped as PEER SCRATCHPAD of
> > + * other host using a separate BAR.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +					 enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	const struct pci_epc_features *peer_epc_features, *epc_features;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> > +	size_t msix_table_size, pba_size, align;
> > +	enum pci_barno peer_barno, barno;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> > +	u32 spad_size, ctrl_size;
> > +	u64 size, peer_size;
> > +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	bool msix_capable;
> > +	u32 spad_count;
> > +	void *base;
> > +
> > +	epf = ntb->epf;
> > +	dev = &epf->dev;
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +
> > +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> > +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
> > +	size = epc_features->bar_fixed_size[barno];
> > +	align = epc_features->align;
> > +
> > +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> > +	peer_epc_features = peer_ntb_epc->epc_features;
> > +	peer_barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD];
> > +	peer_size = peer_epc_features->bar_fixed_size[peer_barno];
> > +
> > +	/* Check if epc_features is populated incorrectly */
> > +	if ((!IS_ALIGNED(size, align)))
> > +		return -EINVAL;
> > +
> > +	spad_count = ntb->spad_count;
> > +
> > +	ctrl_size = sizeof(struct epf_ntb_ctrl);
> > +	spad_size = spad_count * 4;
> > +
> > +	msix_capable = epc_features->msix_capable;
> > +	if (msix_capable) {
> > +		msix_table_size = PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_SIZE * ntb->db_count;
> > +		ctrl_size = ALIGN(ctrl_size, 8);
> > +		ntb_epc->msix_table_offset = ctrl_size;
> > +		ntb_epc->msix_bar = barno;
> > +		/* Align to QWORD or 8 Bytes */
> > +		pba_size = ALIGN(DIV_ROUND_UP(ntb->db_count, 8), 8);
> > +		ctrl_size = ctrl_size + msix_table_size + pba_size;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	if (!align) {
> > +		ctrl_size = roundup_pow_of_two(ctrl_size);
> > +		spad_size = roundup_pow_of_two(spad_size);
> > +	} else {
> > +		ctrl_size = ALIGN(ctrl_size, align);
> > +		spad_size = ALIGN(spad_size, align);
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	if (peer_size) {
> > +		if (peer_size < spad_size)
> > +			spad_count = peer_size / 4;
> > +		spad_size = peer_size;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	/*
> > +	 * In order to make sure SPAD offset is aligned to its size,
> > +	 * expand control region size to the size of SPAD if SPAD size
> > +	 * is greater than control region size.
> > +	 */
> > +	if (spad_size > ctrl_size)
> > +		ctrl_size = spad_size;
> > +
> > +	if (!size)
> > +		size = ctrl_size + spad_size;
> > +	else if (size < ctrl_size + spad_size)
> > +		return -EINVAL;
> > +
> > +	base = pci_epf_alloc_space(epf, size, barno, align, type);
> > +	if (!base) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Config/Status/SPAD alloc region fail\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +		return -ENOMEM;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc->reg = base;
> > +
> > +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> > +	ctrl->spad_offset = ctrl_size;
> > +	ctrl->spad_count = spad_count;
> > +	ctrl->num_mws = ntb->num_mws;
> > +	ctrl->db_entry_size = align ? align : 4;
> > +	ntb_epc->spad_size = spad_size;
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc_interface() - Allocate memory for config +
> > + *   scratchpad region for each of PRIMARY and SECONDARY interface
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc() which allocates memory for
> > + * config + scratchpad region for a specific interface
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> > +{
> > +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> > +		ret = epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc(ntb, type);
> > +		if (ret) {
> > +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Config/SPAD BAR alloc failed\n",
> > +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +			return ret;
> > +		}
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_free_peer_mem() - Free memory allocated in peers outbound address
> > + *   space
> > + * @ntb_epc: EPC associated with one of the HOST which holds peers outbound
> > + *   address regions
> > + *
> > + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
> > + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> > + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
> > + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
> > + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> > + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
> > + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
> > + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> > + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
> > + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> > + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
> > + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
> > + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> > + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> > + *
> > + * Free memory allocated in EP CONTROLLER 2 (OB SPACE) in the above diagram.
> > + * It'll free Doorbell 1, Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4, MW1 (and MW2, MW3,
> > + * MW4).
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_free_peer_mem(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> > +{
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> > +	void __iomem *mw_addr;
> > +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> > +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno barno;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	size_t size;
> > +
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	for (bar = BAR_DB_MW1; bar < BAR_MW4; bar++) {
> > +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
> > +		mw_addr = ntb_epc->mw_addr[barno];
> > +		epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> > +		phys_addr = epf_bar->phys_addr;
> > +		size = epf_bar->size;
> > +		if (mw_addr) {
> > +			pci_epc_mem_free_addr(epc, phys_addr, mw_addr, size);
> > +			ntb_epc->mw_addr[barno] = NULL;
> > +		}
> > +	}
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear() - Clear doorbell and memory BAR
> > + * @ntb_epc: EPC associated with one of the HOST which holds peer's outbound
> > + *   address
> > + *
> > + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
> > + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> > + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
> > + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
> > + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> > + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
> > + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
> > + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> > + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
> > + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> > + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
> > + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
> > + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> > + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> > + *
> > + * Clear doorbell and memory BARs (remove inbound ATU configuration). In the above
> > + * diagram it clears BAR2 TO BAR5 of EP CONTROLLER 1 (Doorbell BAR, MW1 BAR, MW2
> > + * BAR, MW3 BAR and MW4 BAR).
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
> > +{
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> > +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno barno;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +
> > +	for (bar = BAR_DB_MW1; bar < BAR_MW4; bar++) {
> > +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
> > +		epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> > +		pci_epc_clear_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> > +	}
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup() - Clear doorbell/memory BAR and free memory
> > + *   allocated in peers outbound address space
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear() to clear HOST1's BAR and
> > + * epf_ntb_free_peer_mem() which frees up HOST2 outbound memory.
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				      enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> > +
> > +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear(ntb_epc);
> > +	epf_ntb_free_peer_mem(peer_ntb_epc);
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_configure_interrupt() - Configure MSI/MSI-X capaiblity
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Configure MSI/MSI-X capability for each interface with number of
> > + * interrupts equal to "db_count" configfs entry.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_configure_interrupt(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				       enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> > +	bool msix_capable, msi_capable;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	u32 db_count;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> > +	msix_capable = epc_features->msix_capable;
> > +	msi_capable = epc_features->msi_capable;
> > +
> > +	if (!(msix_capable || msi_capable)) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "MSI or MSI-X is required for doorbell\n");
> > +		return -EINVAL;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +
> > +	db_count = ntb->db_count;
> > +	if (db_count > MAX_DB_COUNT) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "DB count cannot be more than %d\n", MAX_DB_COUNT);
> > +		return -EINVAL;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ntb->db_count = db_count;
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +
> > +	if (msi_capable) {
> > +		ret = pci_epc_set_msi(epc, func_no, db_count);
> > +		if (ret) {
> > +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: MSI configuration failed\n",
> > +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +			return ret;
> > +		}
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	if (msix_capable) {
> > +		ret = pci_epc_set_msix(epc, func_no, db_count,
> > +				       ntb_epc->msix_bar,
> > +				       ntb_epc->msix_table_offset);
> > +		if (ret) {
> > +			dev_err(dev, "MSI configuration failed\n");
> > +			return ret;
> > +		}
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() - Allocate memory in peer's outbound address space
> > + * @ntb_epc: EPC associated with one of the HOST whose BAR holds peer's outbound
> > + *   address
> > + * @bar: BAR of @ntb_epc in for which memory has to be allocated (could be
> > + *   BAR_DB_MW1, BAR_MW2, BAR_MW3, BAR_MW4)
> > + * @peer_ntb_epc: EPC associated with HOST whose outbound address space is
> > + *   used by @ntb_epc
> > + * @size: Size of the address region that has to be allocated in peers OB SPACE
> > + *
> > + *
> > + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
> > + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
> > + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
> > + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
> > + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
> > + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
> > + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
> > + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> > + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
> > + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
> > + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
> > + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
> > + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
> > + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
> > + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           |                 |
> > + *                                                           +-----------------+
> > + *                                                           PCI Address Space
> > + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
> > + *
> > + * Allocate memory in OB space of EP CONTROLLER 2 in the above diagram. Allocate
> > + * for Doorbell 1, Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4, MW1 (and MW2, MW3, MW4).
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem(struct device *dev,
> > +				  struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc,
> > +				  enum epf_ntb_bar bar,
> > +				  struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc,
> > +				  size_t size)
> > +{
> > +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> > +	struct pci_epc *peer_epc;
> > +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
> > +	void __iomem *mw_addr;
> > +	enum pci_barno barno;
> > +	size_t align;
> > +
> > +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> > +	align = epc_features->align;
> > +
> > +	if (size < 128)
> > +		size = 128;
> > +
> > +	if (align)
> > +		size = ALIGN(size, align);
> > +	else
> > +		size = roundup_pow_of_two(size);
> > +
> > +	peer_epc = peer_ntb_epc->epc;
> > +	mw_addr = pci_epc_mem_alloc_addr(peer_epc, &phys_addr, size);
> > +	if (!mw_addr) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Failed to allocate OB address\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(peer_ntb_epc->type));
> > +		return -ENOMEM;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
> > +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> > +	ntb_epc->mw_addr[barno] = mw_addr;
> > +
> > +	epf_bar->phys_addr = phys_addr;
> > +	epf_bar->size = size;
> > +	epf_bar->barno = barno;
> > +	epf_bar->flags = PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_32;
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_init() - Configure Doorbell and Memory window BARs
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() and pci_epc_set_bar() that allocates
> > + * memory in OB address space of HOST2 and configures BAR of HOST1
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_init(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
> > +	u32 num_mws, db_count;
> > +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
> > +	enum pci_barno barno;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	size_t align;
> > +	int ret, i;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +	u64 size;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
> > +
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> > +	align = epc_features->align;
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +	num_mws = ntb->num_mws;
> > +	db_count = ntb->db_count;
> > +
> > +	for (bar = BAR_DB_MW1, i = 0; i < num_mws; bar++, i++) {
> > +		if (bar == BAR_DB_MW1) {
> > +			align = align ? align : 4;
> > +			size = db_count * align;
> > +			size = ALIGN(size, ntb->mws_size[i]);
> > +			ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
> > +			ctrl->mw1_offset = size;
> > +			size += ntb->mws_size[i];
> > +		} else {
> > +			size = ntb->mws_size[i];
> > +		}
> > +
> > +		ret = epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem(dev, ntb_epc, bar,
> > +					     peer_ntb_epc, size);
> > +		if (ret) {
> > +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: DoorBell mem alloc failed\n",
> > +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +			goto err_alloc_peer_mem;
> > +		}
> > +
> > +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
> > +		epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
> > +
> > +		ret = pci_epc_set_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
> > +		if (ret) {
> > +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: DoorBell BAR set failed\n",
> > +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +			goto err_alloc_peer_mem;
> > +		}
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +
> > +err_alloc_peer_mem:
> > +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(ntb, type);
> > +
> > +	return ret;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface() - Cleanup NTB EPC interface
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Unbind NTB function device from EPC and relinquish reference to pci_epc
> > + * for each of the interface.
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +					  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> > +
> > +	if (type < 0)
> > +		return;
> > +
> > +	epf = ntb->epf;
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	if (!ntb_epc)
> > +		return;
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +	pci_epc_remove_epf(epc, epf, type);
> > +	pci_epc_put(epc);
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_epc_destroy() - Cleanup NTB EPC interface
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface() to cleanup all the NTB interfaces
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_epc_destroy(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> > +{
> > +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> > +
> > +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++)
> > +		epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface(ntb, type);
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_epc_create_interface() - Create and initialize NTB EPC interface
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @epc: struct pci_epc to which a particular NTB interface should be associated
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Allocate memory for NTB EPC interface and initialize it.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_epc_create_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +					struct pci_epc *epc,
> > +					enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> > +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*ntb_epc), GFP_KERNEL);
> > +	if (!ntb_epc)
> > +		return -ENOMEM;
> > +
> > +	epf = ntb->epf;
> > +	if (type == PRIMARY_INTERFACE) {
> > +		func_no = epf->func_no;
> > +		epf_bar = epf->bar;
> > +	} else {
> > +		func_no = epf->sec_epc_func_no;
> > +		epf_bar = epf->sec_epc_bar;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc->linkup = false;
> > +	ntb_epc->epc = epc;
> > +	ntb_epc->func_no = func_no;
> > +	ntb_epc->type = type;
> > +	ntb_epc->epf_bar = epf_bar;
> > +	ntb_epc->epf_ntb = ntb;
> > +
> > +	epc_features = pci_epc_get_features(epc, func_no);
> > +	if (!epc_features)
> > +		return -EINVAL;
> > +	ntb_epc->epc_features = epc_features;
> > +
> > +	ntb->epc[type] = ntb_epc;
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_epc_create() - Create and initialize NTB EPC interface
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + * Get a reference to EPC device and bind NTB function device to that EPC
> > + * for each of the interface. It is also a wrapper to
> > + * epf_ntb_epc_create_interface() to allocate memory for NTB EPC interface
> > + * and initialize it
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_epc_create(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> > +{
> > +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	epf = ntb->epf;
> > +	dev = &epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_create_interface(ntb, epf->epc, PRIMARY_INTERFACE);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "PRIMARY intf: Fail to create NTB EPC\n");
> > +		return ret;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_create_interface(ntb, epf->sec_epc,
> > +					   SECONDARY_INTERFACE);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "SECONDARY intf: Fail to create NTB EPC\n");
> > +		goto err_epc_create;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +
> > +err_epc_create:
> > +	epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface(ntb, PRIMARY_INTERFACE);
> > +
> > +	return ret;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface() - Identify BARs to be used for each of
> > + *   the NTB constructs (scratchpad region, doorbell, memorywindow)
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Identify the free BARs to be used for each of BAR_CONFIG, BAR_PEER_SPAD,
> > + * BAR_DB_MW1, BAR_MW2, BAR_MW3 and BAR_MW4.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +					  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +	enum pci_barno barno;
> > +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	u32 num_mws;
> > +	int i;
> > +
> > +	barno = BAR_0;
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	num_mws = ntb->num_mws;
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
> > +
> > +	/* These are required BARs which are mandatory for NTB functionality */
> > +	for (bar = BAR_CONFIG; bar <= BAR_DB_MW1; bar++, barno++) {
> > +		barno = pci_epc_get_next_free_bar(epc_features, barno);
> > +		if (barno < 0) {
> > +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Fail to get NTB function BAR\n",
> > +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +			return barno;
> > +		}
> > +		ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar] = barno;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	/* These are optional BARs which don't impact NTB functionality */
> > +	for (bar = BAR_MW2, i = 1; i < num_mws; bar++, barno++, i++) {
> > +		barno = pci_epc_get_next_free_bar(epc_features, barno);
> > +		if (barno < 0) {
> > +			ntb->num_mws = i;
> > +			dev_dbg(dev, "BAR not available for > MW%d\n", i + 1);
> > +		}
> > +		ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar] = barno;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_init_epc_bar() - Identify BARs to be used for each of the NTB
> > + * constructs (scratchpad region, doorbell, memorywindow)
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Wrapper to epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface() to identify the free BARs
> > + * to be used for each of BAR_CONFIG, BAR_PEER_SPAD, BAR_DB_MW1, BAR_MW2,
> > + * BAR_MW3 and BAR_MW4 for all the interfaces.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_init_epc_bar(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> > +{
> > +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> > +		ret = epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface(ntb, type);
> > +		if (ret) {
> > +			dev_err(dev, "Fail to init EPC bar for %s interface\n",
> > +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +			return ret;
> > +		}
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_epc_init_interface() - Initialize NTB interface
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Wrapper to initialize a particular EPC interface and start the workqueue
> > + * to check for commands from host. This function will write to the
> > + * EP controller HW for configuring it.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_epc_init_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +				      enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +	struct pci_epc *epc;
> > +	struct pci_epf *epf;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	u8 func_no;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	epf = ntb->epf;
> > +	dev = &epf->dev;
> > +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
> > +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_set(ntb->epc[type]);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Config/self SPAD BAR init failed\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +		return ret;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_set(ntb, type);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Peer SPAD BAR init failed\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +		goto err_peer_spad_bar_init;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_configure_interrupt(ntb, type);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Interrupt configuration failed\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +		goto err_peer_spad_bar_init;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_init(ntb, type);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: DB/MW BAR init failed\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +		goto err_db_mw_bar_init;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ret = pci_epc_write_header(epc, func_no, epf->header);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Configuration header write failed\n",
> > +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +		goto err_write_header;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	INIT_DELAYED_WORK(&ntb->epc[type]->cmd_handler, epf_ntb_cmd_handler);
> > +	queue_work(kpcintb_workqueue, &ntb->epc[type]->cmd_handler.work);
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +
> > +err_write_header:
> > +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(ntb, type);
> > +
> > +err_db_mw_bar_init:
> > +	epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear(ntb->epc[type]);
> > +
> > +err_peer_spad_bar_init:
> > +	epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear(ntb->epc[type]);
> > +
> > +	return ret;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface() - Cleanup NTB interface
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
> > + *
> > + * Wrapper to cleanup a particular NTB interface.
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
> > +					  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
> > +
> > +	if (type < 0)
> > +		return;
> > +
> > +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
> > +	cancel_delayed_work(&ntb_epc->cmd_handler);
> > +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(ntb, type);
> > +	epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear(ntb_epc);
> > +	epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear(ntb_epc);
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_epc_cleanup() - Cleanup all NTB interfaces
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + * Wrapper to cleanup all NTB interfaces.
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_epc_cleanup(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> > +{
> > +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> > +
> > +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++)
> > +		epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface(ntb, type);
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_epc_init() - Initialize all NTB interfaces
> > + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
> > + *
> > + * Wrapper to initialize all NTB interface and start the workqueue
> > + * to check for commands from host.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_epc_init(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
> > +{
> > +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
> > +		ret = epf_ntb_epc_init_interface(ntb, type);
> > +		if (ret) {
> > +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Failed to initialize\n",
> > +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
> > +			goto err_init_type;
> > +		}
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +
> > +err_init_type:
> > +	epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface(ntb, type - 1);
> > +
> > +	return ret;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_bind() - Initialize endpoint controller to provide NTB functionality
> > + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
> > + *
> > + * Initialize both the endpoint controllers associated with NTB function device.
> > + * Invoked when a primary interface or secondary interface is bound to EPC
> > + * device. This function will succeed only when EPC is bound to both the
> > + * interfaces.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_bind(struct pci_epf *epf)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = epf_get_drvdata(epf);
> > +	struct device *dev = &epf->dev;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	if (!epf->epc) {
> > +		dev_dbg(dev, "PRIMARY EPC interface not yet bound\n");
> > +		return 0;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	if (!epf->sec_epc) {
> > +		dev_dbg(dev, "SECONDARY EPC interface not yet bound\n");
> > +		return 0;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_create(ntb);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to create NTB EPC\n");
> > +		return ret;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_init_epc_bar(ntb);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to create NTB EPC\n");
> > +		goto err_bar_init;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc_interface(ntb);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to allocate BAR memory\n");
> > +		goto err_bar_alloc;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_init(ntb);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to initialize EPC\n");
> > +		goto err_bar_alloc;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	epf_set_drvdata(epf, ntb);
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +
> > +err_bar_alloc:
> > +	epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free(ntb);
> > +
> > +err_bar_init:
> > +	epf_ntb_epc_destroy(ntb);
> > +
> > +	return ret;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_unbind() - Cleanup the initialization from epf_ntb_bind()
> > + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
> > + *
> > + * Cleanup the initialization from epf_ntb_bind()
> > + */
> > +static void epf_ntb_unbind(struct pci_epf *epf)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = epf_get_drvdata(epf);
> > +
> > +	epf_ntb_epc_cleanup(ntb);
> > +	epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free(ntb);
> > +	epf_ntb_epc_destroy(ntb);
> > +}
> > +
> > +#define EPF_NTB_R(_name)						\
> > +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_show(struct config_item *item,		\
> > +				      char *page)			\
> > +{									\
> > +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
> > +									\
> > +	return sprintf(page, "%d\n", ntb->_name);			\
> > +}
> > +
> > +#define EPF_NTB_W(_name)						\
> > +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_store(struct config_item *item,	\
> > +				       const char *page, size_t len)	\
> > +{									\
> > +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
> > +	u32 val;							\
> > +	int ret;							\
> > +									\
> > +	ret = kstrtou32(page, 0, &val);					\
> > +	if (ret)							\
> > +		return ret;						\
> > +									\
> > +	ntb->_name = val;						\
> > +									\
> > +	return len;							\
> > +}
> > +
> > +#define EPF_NTB_MW_R(_name)						\
> > +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_show(struct config_item *item,		\
> > +				      char *page)			\
> > +{									\
> > +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
> > +	int win_no;							\
> > +									\
> > +	sscanf(#_name, "mw%d", &win_no);				\
> > +									\
> > +	return sprintf(page, "%lld\n", ntb->mws_size[win_no - 1]);	\
> > +}
> > +
> > +#define EPF_NTB_MW_W(_name)						\
> > +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_store(struct config_item *item,	\
> > +				       const char *page, size_t len)	\
> > +{									\
> > +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
> > +	struct device *dev = &ntb->epf->dev;				\
> > +	int win_no;							\
> > +	u64 val;							\
> > +	int ret;							\
> > +									\
> > +	ret = kstrtou64(page, 0, &val);					\
> > +	if (ret)							\
> > +		return ret;						\
> > +									\
> > +	if (sscanf(#_name, "mw%d", &win_no) != 1)			\
> > +		return -EINVAL;						\
> > +									\
> > +	if (ntb->num_mws < win_no) {					\
> > +		dev_err(dev, "Invalid num_nws: %d value\n", ntb->num_mws); \
> > +		return -EINVAL;						\
> > +	}								\
> > +									\
> > +	ntb->mws_size[win_no - 1] = val;				\
> > +									\
> > +	return len;							\
> > +}
> > +
> > +static ssize_t epf_ntb_num_mws_store(struct config_item *item,
> > +				     const char *page, size_t len)
> > +{
> > +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);
> > +	u32 val;
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	ret = kstrtou32(page, 0, &val);
> > +	if (ret)
> > +		return ret;
> > +
> > +	if (val > MAX_MW)
> > +		return -EINVAL;
> > +
> > +	ntb->num_mws = val;
> > +
> > +	return len;
> > +}
> > +
> > +EPF_NTB_R(spad_count)
> > +EPF_NTB_W(spad_count)
> > +EPF_NTB_R(db_count)
> > +EPF_NTB_W(db_count)
> > +EPF_NTB_R(num_mws)
> > +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw1)
> > +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw1)
> > +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw2)
> > +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw2)
> > +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw3)
> > +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw3)
> > +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw4)
> > +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw4)
> > +
> > +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, spad_count);
> > +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, db_count);
> > +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, num_mws);
> > +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw1);
> > +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw2);
> > +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw3);
> > +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw4);
> > +
> > +static struct configfs_attribute *epf_ntb_attrs[] = {
> > +	&epf_ntb_attr_spad_count,
> > +	&epf_ntb_attr_db_count,
> > +	&epf_ntb_attr_num_mws,
> > +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw1,
> > +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw2,
> > +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw3,
> > +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw4,
> > +	NULL,
> > +};
> > +
> > +static const struct config_item_type ntb_group_type = {
> > +	.ct_attrs	= epf_ntb_attrs,
> > +	.ct_owner	= THIS_MODULE,
> > +};
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_add_cfs() - Add configfs directory specific to NTB
> > + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
> > + *
> > + * Add configfs directory specific to NTB. This directory will hold
> > + * NTB specific properties like db_count, spad_count, num_mws etc.,
> > + */
> > +static struct config_group *epf_ntb_add_cfs(struct pci_epf *epf,
> > +					    struct config_group *group)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = epf_get_drvdata(epf);
> > +	struct config_group *ntb_group = &ntb->group;
> > +	struct device *dev = &epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	config_group_init_type_name(ntb_group, dev_name(dev), &ntb_group_type);
> > +
> > +	return ntb_group;
> > +}
> > +
> > +/**
> > + * epf_ntb_probe() - Probe NTB function driver
> > + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
> > + *
> > + * Probe NTB function driver when endpoint function bus detects a NTB
> > + * endpoint function.
> > + */
> > +static int epf_ntb_probe(struct pci_epf *epf)
> > +{
> > +	struct epf_ntb *ntb;
> > +	struct device *dev;
> > +
> > +	dev = &epf->dev;
> > +
> > +	ntb = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*ntb), GFP_KERNEL);
> > +	if (!ntb)
> > +		return -ENOMEM;
> > +
> > +	epf->header = &epf_ntb_header;
> > +	ntb->epf = epf;
> > +	epf_set_drvdata(epf, ntb);
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +
> > +static struct pci_epf_ops epf_ntb_ops = {
> > +	.bind	= epf_ntb_bind,
> > +	.unbind	= epf_ntb_unbind,
> > +	.add_cfs = epf_ntb_add_cfs,
> > +};
> > +
> > +static const struct pci_epf_device_id epf_ntb_ids[] = {
> > +	{
> > +		.name = "pci_epf_ntb",
> > +	},
> > +	{},
> > +};
> > +
> > +static struct pci_epf_driver epf_ntb_driver = {
> > +	.driver.name	= "pci_epf_ntb",
> > +	.probe		= epf_ntb_probe,
> > +	.id_table	= epf_ntb_ids,
> > +	.ops		= &epf_ntb_ops,
> > +	.owner		= THIS_MODULE,
> > +};
> > +
> > +static int __init epf_ntb_init(void)
> > +{
> > +	int ret;
> > +
> > +	kpcintb_workqueue = alloc_workqueue("kpcintb", WQ_MEM_RECLAIM |
> > +					    WQ_HIGHPRI, 0);
> > +	ret = pci_epf_register_driver(&epf_ntb_driver);
> > +	if (ret) {
> > +		destroy_workqueue(kpcintb_workqueue);
> > +		pr_err("Failed to register pci epf ntb driver --> %d\n", ret);
> > +		return ret;
> > +	}
> > +
> > +	return 0;
> > +}
> > +module_init(epf_ntb_init);
> > +
> > +static void __exit epf_ntb_exit(void)
> > +{
> > +	pci_epf_unregister_driver(&epf_ntb_driver);
> > +	destroy_workqueue(kpcintb_workqueue);
> > +}
> > +module_exit(epf_ntb_exit);
> > +
> > +MODULE_DESCRIPTION("PCI EPF NTB DRIVER");
> > +MODULE_AUTHOR("Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>");
> > +MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");
> >
Kishon Vijay Abraham I Feb. 5, 2021, 5:03 a.m. UTC | #4
Hi Lorenzo,

On 04/02/21 10:39 pm, Lorenzo Pieralisi wrote:
> On Thu, Feb 04, 2021 at 07:15:39PM +0530, Kishon Vijay Abraham I wrote:
>> Hi Lorenzo,
>>
>> On 04/02/21 3:28 pm, Lorenzo Pieralisi wrote:
>>> On Tue, Feb 02, 2021 at 12:12:55PM -0800, Randy Dunlap wrote:
>>>> The pci-epf-ntb driver uses configfs APIs, so it should depend on
>>>> CONFIGFS_FS to prevent build errors.
>>>>
>>>> ld: drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.o: in function `epf_ntb_add_cfs':
>>>> pci-epf-ntb.c:(.text+0x1b): undefined reference to `config_group_init_type_name'
>>>>
>>>> Fixes: 7dc64244f9e9 ("PCI: endpoint: Add EP function driver to provide NTB functionality")
>>>>
>>>> Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
>>>> Cc: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
>>>> Cc: Lorenzo Pieralisi <lorenzo.pieralisi@arm.com>
>>>> Cc: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
>>>> ---
>>>> You may switch to 'select CONFIG_FS_FS' if you feel strongly about it.
>>>
>>> Kishon ?
>>
>> There seems to be some issue in the version that got merged. The v11
>> patch series had this fixed [1] by using select CONFIGFS_FS. However
>> whatever was merged seems to be v10 which didn't have select CONFIGFS_FS
>> [2]. I had sent a private mail to you pointing the same (attached for
>> reference, not sure if it was delivered).
> 
> I think that Bjorn has not pulled my pci/ntb branch yet (so the one
> in -next is v10 indeed, my one should be v11, please check).

Right, pci/ntb branch in your repo looks correct.

Thanks
Kishon

> 
> Thanks,
> Lorenzo
> 
>> Thanks
>> Kishon
>>
>> [1] ->
>> https://lore.kernel.org/linux-doc/20210201195809.7342-14-kishon@ti.com/
>>
>> [2] ->
>> https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/tree/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
>>>
>>> Thanks,
>>> Lorenzo
>>>
>>>>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig |    1 +
>>>>  1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
>>>>
>>>> --- linux-next-20210202.orig/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
>>>> +++ linux-next-20210202/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
>>>> @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ config PCI_EPF_TEST
>>>>  config PCI_EPF_NTB
>>>>  	tristate "PCI Endpoint NTB driver"
>>>>  	depends on PCI_ENDPOINT
>>>> +	depends on CONFIGFS_FS
>>>>  	help
>>>>  	  Select this configuration option to enable the NTB driver
>>>>  	  for PCI Endpoint. NTB driver implements NTB controller
> 
>> Date: Tue, 2 Feb 2021 21:57:37 +0530
>> From: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
>> To: Lorenzo Pieralisi <lorenzo.pieralisi@arm.com>
>> Subject: Re: [PATCH v11 13/17] PCI: endpoint: Add EP function driver to
>>  provide NTB functionality
>> User-Agent: Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux x86_64; rv:68.0) Gecko/20100101
>>  Thunderbird/68.10.0
>>
>> Hi Lorenzo,
>>
>> On 02/02/21 1:28 am, Kishon Vijay Abraham I wrote:
>>> Add a new endpoint function driver to provide NTB functionality
>>> using multiple PCIe endpoint instances.
>>>
>>> Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
>>> [arnd@arndb.de: Select configfs dependency]
>>> Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
>>> [yebin10@huawei.com: Fix unused but set variables]
>>> Signed-off-by: Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com>
>>> [geert+renesas@glider.be: Explain NTB in PCI_EPF_NTB help text]
>>> Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
>>> ---
>>>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig       |   13 +
>>>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile      |    1 +
>>>  drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c | 2128 ++++++++++++++++++
>>>  3 files changed, 2142 insertions(+)
>>>  create mode 100644 drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c
>>>
>>> diff --git a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
>>> index 8820d0f7ec77..5f1242ca2f4e 100644
>>> --- a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
>>> +++ b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
>>> @@ -12,3 +12,16 @@ config PCI_EPF_TEST
>>>  	   for PCI Endpoint.
>>>  
>>>  	   If in doubt, say "N" to disable Endpoint test driver.
>>> +
>>> +config PCI_EPF_NTB
>>> +	tristate "PCI Endpoint NTB driver"
>>> +	depends on PCI_ENDPOINT
>>> +	select CONFIGFS_FS
>>
>> I'm seeing some difference between here and linux-next.
>> https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git/tree/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
>>
>> I see "select CONFIGFS_FS" missing in linux-next.
>>
>> Thank You,
>> Kishon
>>
>>> +	help
>>> +	  Select this configuration option to enable the Non-Transparent
>>> +	  Bridge (NTB) driver for PCI Endpoint. NTB driver implements NTB
>>> +	  controller functionality using multiple PCIe endpoint instances.
>>> +	  It can support NTB endpoint function devices created using
>>> +	  device tree.
>>> +
>>> +	  If in doubt, say "N" to disable Endpoint NTB driver.
>>> diff --git a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile
>>> index d6fafff080e2..96ab932a537a 100644
>>> --- a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile
>>> +++ b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Makefile
>>> @@ -4,3 +4,4 @@
>>>  #
>>>  
>>>  obj-$(CONFIG_PCI_EPF_TEST)		+= pci-epf-test.o
>>> +obj-$(CONFIG_PCI_EPF_NTB)		+= pci-epf-ntb.o
>>> diff --git a/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c
>>> new file mode 100644
>>> index 000000000000..338148cf56f5
>>> --- /dev/null
>>> +++ b/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/pci-epf-ntb.c
>>> @@ -0,0 +1,2128 @@
>>> +// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
>>> +/**
>>> + * Endpoint Function Driver to implement Non-Transparent Bridge functionality
>>> + *
>>> + * Copyright (C) 2020 Texas Instruments
>>> + * Author: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
>>> + */
>>> +
>>> +/*
>>> + * The PCI NTB function driver configures the SoC with multiple PCIe Endpoint
>>> + * (EP) controller instances (see diagram below) in such a way that
>>> + * transactions from one EP controller are routed to the other EP controller.
>>> + * Once PCI NTB function driver configures the SoC with multiple EP instances,
>>> + * HOST1 and HOST2 can communicate with each other using SoC as a bridge.
>>> + *
>>> + *    +-------------+                                   +-------------+
>>> + *    |             |                                   |             |
>>> + *    |    HOST1    |                                   |    HOST2    |
>>> + *    |             |                                   |             |
>>> + *    +------^------+                                   +------^------+
>>> + *           |                                                 |
>>> + *           |                                                 |
>>> + * +---------|-------------------------------------------------|---------+
>>> + * |  +------v------+                                   +------v------+  |
>>> + * |  |             |                                   |             |  |
>>> + * |  |     EP      |                                   |     EP      |  |
>>> + * |  | CONTROLLER1 |                                   | CONTROLLER2 |  |
>>> + * |  |             <----------------------------------->             |  |
>>> + * |  |             |                                   |             |  |
>>> + * |  |             |                                   |             |  |
>>> + * |  |             |  SoC With Multiple EP Instances   |             |  |
>>> + * |  |             |  (Configured using NTB Function)  |             |  |
>>> + * |  +-------------+                                   +-------------+  |
>>> + * +---------------------------------------------------------------------+
>>> + */
>>> +
>>> +#include <linux/delay.h>
>>> +#include <linux/io.h>
>>> +#include <linux/module.h>
>>> +#include <linux/slab.h>
>>> +
>>> +#include <linux/pci-epc.h>
>>> +#include <linux/pci-epf.h>
>>> +
>>> +static struct workqueue_struct *kpcintb_workqueue;
>>> +
>>> +#define COMMAND_CONFIGURE_DOORBELL	1
>>> +#define COMMAND_TEARDOWN_DOORBELL	2
>>> +#define COMMAND_CONFIGURE_MW		3
>>> +#define COMMAND_TEARDOWN_MW		4
>>> +#define COMMAND_LINK_UP			5
>>> +#define COMMAND_LINK_DOWN		6
>>> +
>>> +#define COMMAND_STATUS_OK		1
>>> +#define COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR		2
>>> +
>>> +#define LINK_STATUS_UP			BIT(0)
>>> +
>>> +#define SPAD_COUNT			64
>>> +#define DB_COUNT			4
>>> +#define NTB_MW_OFFSET			2
>>> +#define DB_COUNT_MASK			GENMASK(15, 0)
>>> +#define MSIX_ENABLE			BIT(16)
>>> +#define MAX_DB_COUNT			32
>>> +#define MAX_MW				4
>>> +
>>> +enum epf_ntb_bar {
>>> +	BAR_CONFIG,
>>> +	BAR_PEER_SPAD,
>>> +	BAR_DB_MW1,
>>> +	BAR_MW2,
>>> +	BAR_MW3,
>>> +	BAR_MW4,
>>> +};
>>> +
>>> +struct epf_ntb {
>>> +	u32 num_mws;
>>> +	u32 db_count;
>>> +	u32 spad_count;
>>> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
>>> +	u64 mws_size[MAX_MW];
>>> +	struct config_group group;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *epc[2];
>>> +};
>>> +
>>> +#define to_epf_ntb(epf_group) container_of((epf_group), struct epf_ntb, group)
>>> +
>>> +struct epf_ntb_epc {
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +	bool linkup;
>>> +	bool is_msix;
>>> +	int msix_bar;
>>> +	u32 spad_size;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *epf_ntb;
>>> +	void __iomem *mw_addr[6];
>>> +	size_t msix_table_offset;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *reg;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno epf_ntb_bar[6];
>>> +	struct delayed_work cmd_handler;
>>> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
>>> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
>>> +};
>>> +
>>> +struct epf_ntb_ctrl {
>>> +	u32	command;
>>> +	u32	argument;
>>> +	u16	command_status;
>>> +	u16	link_status;
>>> +	u32	topology;
>>> +	u64	addr;
>>> +	u64	size;
>>> +	u32	num_mws;
>>> +	u32	mw1_offset;
>>> +	u32	spad_offset;
>>> +	u32	spad_count;
>>> +	u32	db_entry_size;
>>> +	u32	db_data[MAX_DB_COUNT];
>>> +	u32	db_offset[MAX_DB_COUNT];
>>> +} __packed;
>>> +
>>> +static struct pci_epf_header epf_ntb_header = {
>>> +	.vendorid	= PCI_ANY_ID,
>>> +	.deviceid	= PCI_ANY_ID,
>>> +	.baseclass_code	= PCI_BASE_CLASS_MEMORY,
>>> +	.interrupt_pin	= PCI_INTERRUPT_INTA,
>>> +};
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_link_up() - Raise link_up interrupt to both the hosts
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @link_up: true or false indicating Link is UP or Down
>>> + *
>>> + * Once NTB function in HOST1 and the NTB function in HOST2 invoke
>>> + * ntb_link_enable(), this NTB function driver will trigger a link event to
>>> + * the NTB client in both the hosts.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_link_up(struct epf_ntb *ntb, bool link_up)
>>> +{
>>> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
>>> +	enum pci_epc_irq_type irq_type;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	bool is_msix;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
>>> +		ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +		epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +		func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +		is_msix = ntb_epc->is_msix;
>>> +		ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
>>> +		if (link_up)
>>> +			ctrl->link_status |= LINK_STATUS_UP;
>>> +		else
>>> +			ctrl->link_status &= ~LINK_STATUS_UP;
>>> +		irq_type = is_msix ? PCI_EPC_IRQ_MSIX : PCI_EPC_IRQ_MSI;
>>> +		ret = pci_epc_raise_irq(epc, func_no, irq_type, 1);
>>> +		if (ret) {
>>> +			dev_err(&epc->dev,
>>> +				"%s intf: Failed to raise Link Up IRQ\n",
>>> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +			return ret;
>>> +		}
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_configure_mw() - Configure the Outbound Address Space for one host
>>> + *   to access the memory window of other host
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + * @mw: Index of the memory window (either 0, 1, 2 or 3)
>>> + *
>>> + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
>>> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
>>> + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
>>> + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
>>> + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
>>> + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
>>> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
>>> + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
>>> + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
>>> + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
>>> + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
>>> + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
>>> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
>>> + *
>>> + * This function performs stage (B) in the above diagram (see MW1) i.e., map OB
>>> + * address space of memory window to PCI address space.
>>> + *
>>> + * This operation requires 3 parameters
>>> + *  1) Address in the outbound address space
>>> + *  2) Address in the PCI Address space
>>> + *  3) Size of the address region to be mapped
>>> + *
>>> + * The address in the outbound address space (for MW1, MW2, MW3 and MW4) is
>>> + * stored in epf_bar corresponding to BAR_DB_MW1 for MW1 and BAR_MW2, BAR_MW3
>>> + * BAR_MW4 for rest of the BARs of epf_ntb_epc that is connected to HOST1. This
>>> + * is populated in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() in this driver.
>>> + *
>>> + * The address and size of the PCI address region that has to be mapped would
>>> + * be provided by HOST2 in ctrl->addr and ctrl->size of epf_ntb_epc that is
>>> + * connected to HOST2.
>>> + *
>>> + * Please note Memory window1 (MW1) and Doorbell registers together will be
>>> + * mapped to a single BAR (BAR2) above for 32-bit BARs. The exact BAR that's
>>> + * used for Memory window (MW) can be obtained from epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1],
>>> + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_MW2], epf_ntb_bar[BAR_MW2], epf_ntb_bar[BAR_MW2].
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_configure_mw(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				enum pci_epc_interface_type type, u32 mw)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
>>> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	u64 addr, size;
>>> +	int ret = 0;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
>>> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET];
>>> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
>>> +
>>> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
>>> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
>>> +	addr = ctrl->addr;
>>> +	size = ctrl->size;
>>> +	if (mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET == BAR_DB_MW1)
>>> +		phys_addr += ctrl->mw1_offset;
>>> +
>>> +	if (size > ntb->mws_size[mw]) {
>>> +		dev_err(&epc->dev,
>>> +			"%s intf: MW: %d Req Sz:%llxx > Supported Sz:%llx\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type), mw, size,
>>> +			ntb->mws_size[mw]);
>>> +		ret = -EINVAL;
>>> +		goto err_invalid_size;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	ret = pci_epc_map_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr, addr, size);
>>> +	if (ret)
>>> +		dev_err(&epc->dev,
>>> +			"%s intf: Failed to map memory window %d address\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type), mw);
>>> +
>>> +err_invalid_size:
>>> +
>>> +	return ret;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_teardown_mw() - Teardown the configured OB ATU
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + * @mw: Index of the memory window (either 0, 1, 2 or 3)
>>> + *
>>> + * Teardown the configured OB ATU configured in epf_ntb_configure_mw() using
>>> + * pci_epc_unmap_addr()
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_teardown_mw(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				enum pci_epc_interface_type type, u32 mw)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
>>> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
>>> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET];
>>> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
>>> +
>>> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
>>> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
>>> +	if (mw + NTB_MW_OFFSET == BAR_DB_MW1)
>>> +		phys_addr += ctrl->mw1_offset;
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	pci_epc_unmap_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_configure_msi() - Map OB address space to MSI address
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + * @db_count: Number of doorbell interrupts to map
>>> + *
>>> + *+-----------------+    +----->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR0      |    |      |   Doorbell 1   +---+------->   MSI ADDRESS   |
>>> + *+-----------------+    |      +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR1      |    |      |   Doorbell 2   +---+       |                 |
>>> + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+   |       |                 |
>>> + *|       BAR2      |           |   Doorbell 3   +---+       |                 |
>>> + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+   |       |                 |
>>> + *|       BAR3      |    |      |   Doorbell 4   +---+       |                 |
>>> + *+-----------------+    |      |----------------+           |                 |
>>> + *|       BAR4      |    |      |                |           |                 |
>>> + *+-----------------+    |      |      MW1       |           |                 |
>>> + *|       BAR5      |    |      |                |           |                 |
>>> + *+-----------------+    +----->-----------------+           |                 |
>>> + *  EP CONTROLLER 1             |                |           |                 |
>>> + *                              |                |           |                 |
>>> + *                              +----------------+           +-----------------+
>>> + *                     (A)       EP CONTROLLER 2             |                 |
>>> + *                                 (OB SPACE)                |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |      MW1        |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
>>> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
>>> + *
>>> + *
>>> + * This function performs stage (B) in the above diagram (see Doorbell 1,
>>> + * Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4) i.e map OB address space corresponding to
>>> + * doorbell to MSI address in PCI address space.
>>> + *
>>> + * This operation requires 3 parameters
>>> + *  1) Address reserved for doorbell in the outbound address space
>>> + *  2) MSI-X address in the PCIe Address space
>>> + *  3) Number of MSI-X interrupts that has to be configured
>>> + *
>>> + * The address in the outbound address space (for the Doorbell) is stored in
>>> + * epf_bar corresponding to BAR_DB_MW1 of epf_ntb_epc that is connected to
>>> + * HOST1. This is populated in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() in this driver along
>>> + * with address for MW1.
>>> + *
>>> + * pci_epc_map_msi_irq() takes the MSI address from MSI capability register
>>> + * and maps the OB address (obtained in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem()) to the MSI
>>> + * address.
>>> + *
>>> + * epf_ntb_configure_msi() also stores the MSI data to raise each interrupt
>>> + * in db_data of the peer's control region. This helps the peer to raise
>>> + * doorbell of the other host by writing db_data to the BAR corresponding to
>>> + * BAR_DB_MW1.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_configure_msi(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				 enum pci_epc_interface_type type, u16 db_count)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
>>> +	u32 db_entry_size, db_data, db_offset;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *peer_ctrl;
>>> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
>>> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +	int ret, i;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
>>> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1];
>>> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
>>> +	peer_ctrl = peer_ntb_epc->reg;
>>> +	db_entry_size = peer_ctrl->db_entry_size;
>>> +
>>> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	ret = pci_epc_map_msi_irq(epc, func_no, phys_addr, db_count,
>>> +				  db_entry_size, &db_data, &db_offset);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(&epc->dev, "%s intf: Failed to map MSI IRQ\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +		return ret;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	for (i = 0; i < db_count; i++) {
>>> +		peer_ctrl->db_data[i] = db_data | i;
>>> +		peer_ctrl->db_offset[i] = db_offset;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_configure_msix() - Map OB address space to MSI-X address
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + * @db_count: Number of doorbell interrupts to map
>>> + *
>>> + *+-----------------+    +----->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR0      |    |      |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI-X ADDRESS 1 |
>>> + *+-----------------+    |      +----------------+           +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR1      |    |      |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
>>> + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+         | |                 |
>>> + *|       BAR2      |           |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
>>> + *+-----------------+----+      +----------------+       | +-> MSI-X ADDRESS 2 |
>>> + *|       BAR3      |    |      |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
>>> + *+-----------------+    |      |----------------+     | |   |                 |
>>> + *|       BAR4      |    |      |                |     | |   +-----------------+
>>> + *+-----------------+    |      |      MW1       +     | +-->+ MSI-X ADDRESS 3||
>>> + *|       BAR5      |    |      |                |     |     +-----------------+
>>> + *+-----------------+    +----->-----------------+     |     |                 |
>>> + *  EP CONTROLLER 1             |                |     |     +-----------------+
>>> + *                              |                |     +---->+ MSI-X ADDRESS 4 |
>>> + *                              +----------------+           +-----------------+
>>> + *                     (A)       EP CONTROLLER 2             |                 |
>>> + *                                 (OB SPACE)                |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |      MW1        |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
>>> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
>>> + *
>>> + * This function performs stage (B) in the above diagram (see Doorbell 1,
>>> + * Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4) i.e map OB address space corresponding to
>>> + * doorbell to MSI-X address in PCI address space.
>>> + *
>>> + * This operation requires 3 parameters
>>> + *  1) Address reserved for doorbell in the outbound address space
>>> + *  2) MSI-X address in the PCIe Address space
>>> + *  3) Number of MSI-X interrupts that has to be configured
>>> + *
>>> + * The address in the outbound address space (for the Doorbell) is stored in
>>> + * epf_bar corresponding to BAR_DB_MW1 of epf_ntb_epc that is connected to
>>> + * HOST1. This is populated in epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() in this driver along
>>> + * with address for MW1.
>>> + *
>>> + * The MSI-X address is in the MSI-X table of EP CONTROLLER 2 and
>>> + * the count of doorbell is in ctrl->argument of epf_ntb_epc that is connected
>>> + * to HOST2. MSI-X table is stored memory mapped to ntb_epc->msix_bar and the
>>> + * offset is in ntb_epc->msix_table_offset. From this epf_ntb_configure_msix()
>>> + * gets the MSI-X address and data.
>>> + *
>>> + * epf_ntb_configure_msix() also stores the MSI-X data to raise each interrupt
>>> + * in db_data of the peer's control region. This helps the peer to raise
>>> + * doorbell of the other host by writing db_data to the BAR corresponding to
>>> + * BAR_DB_MW1.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_configure_msix(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				  enum pci_epc_interface_type type,
>>> +				  u16 db_count)
>>> +{
>>> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar, *epf_bar;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_msix_tbl *msix_tbl;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *peer_ctrl;
>>> +	u32 db_entry_size, msg_data;
>>> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
>>> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	size_t align;
>>> +	u64 msg_addr;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +	int ret, i;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[ntb_epc->msix_bar];
>>> +	msix_tbl = epf_bar->addr + ntb_epc->msix_table_offset;
>>> +
>>> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
>>> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1];
>>> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
>>> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
>>> +	peer_ctrl = peer_ntb_epc->reg;
>>> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
>>> +	align = epc_features->align;
>>> +
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +	db_entry_size = peer_ctrl->db_entry_size;
>>> +
>>> +	for (i = 0; i < db_count; i++) {
>>> +		msg_addr = ALIGN_DOWN(msix_tbl[i].msg_addr, align);
>>> +		msg_data = msix_tbl[i].msg_data;
>>> +		ret = pci_epc_map_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr, msg_addr,
>>> +				       db_entry_size);
>>> +		if (ret) {
>>> +			dev_err(&epc->dev,
>>> +				"%s intf: Failed to configure MSI-X IRQ\n",
>>> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +			return ret;
>>> +		}
>>> +		phys_addr = phys_addr + db_entry_size;
>>> +		peer_ctrl->db_data[i] = msg_data;
>>> +		peer_ctrl->db_offset[i] = msix_tbl[i].msg_addr & (align - 1);
>>> +	}
>>> +	ntb_epc->is_msix = true;
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_configure_db() - Configure the Outbound Address Space for one host
>>> + *   to ring the doorbell of other host
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + * @db_count: Count of the number of doorbells that has to be configured
>>> + * @msix: Indicates whether MSI-X or MSI should be used
>>> + *
>>> + * Invokes epf_ntb_configure_msix() or epf_ntb_configure_msi() required for
>>> + * one HOST to ring the doorbell of other HOST.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_configure_db(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				enum pci_epc_interface_type type,
>>> +				u16 db_count, bool msix)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	if (db_count > MAX_DB_COUNT)
>>> +		return -EINVAL;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	if (msix)
>>> +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_msix(ntb, type, db_count);
>>> +	else
>>> +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_msi(ntb, type, db_count);
>>> +
>>> +	if (ret)
>>> +		dev_err(&epc->dev, "%s intf: Failed to configure DB\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +
>>> +	return ret;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_teardown_db() - Unmap address in OB address space to MSI/MSI-X
>>> + *   address
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Invoke pci_epc_unmap_addr() to unmap OB address to MSI/MSI-X address.
>>> + */
>>> +static void
>>> +epf_ntb_teardown_db(struct epf_ntb *ntb, enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno;
>>> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
>>> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_DB_MW1];
>>> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
>>> +	phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr;
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	pci_epc_unmap_addr(epc, func_no, phys_addr);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_cmd_handler() - Handle commands provided by the NTB Host
>>> + * @work: work_struct for the two epf_ntb_epc (PRIMARY and SECONDARY)
>>> + *
>>> + * Workqueue function that gets invoked for the two epf_ntb_epc
>>> + * periodically (once every 5ms) to see if it has received any commands
>>> + * from NTB host. The host can send commands to configure doorbell or
>>> + * configure memory window or to update link status.
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_cmd_handler(struct work_struct *work)
>>> +{
>>> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
>>> +	u32 command, argument;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	u16 db_count;
>>> +	bool is_msix;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = container_of(work, struct epf_ntb_epc, cmd_handler.work);
>>> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
>>> +	command = ctrl->command;
>>> +	if (!command)
>>> +		goto reset_handler;
>>> +	argument = ctrl->argument;
>>> +
>>> +	ctrl->command = 0;
>>> +	ctrl->argument = 0;
>>> +
>>> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
>>> +	type = ntb_epc->type;
>>> +	ntb = ntb_epc->epf_ntb;
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	switch (command) {
>>> +	case COMMAND_CONFIGURE_DOORBELL:
>>> +		db_count = argument & DB_COUNT_MASK;
>>> +		is_msix = argument & MSIX_ENABLE;
>>> +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_db(ntb, type, db_count, is_msix);
>>> +		if (ret < 0)
>>> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
>>> +		else
>>> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
>>> +		break;
>>> +	case COMMAND_TEARDOWN_DOORBELL:
>>> +		epf_ntb_teardown_db(ntb, type);
>>> +		ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
>>> +		break;
>>> +	case COMMAND_CONFIGURE_MW:
>>> +		ret = epf_ntb_configure_mw(ntb, type, argument);
>>> +		if (ret < 0)
>>> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
>>> +		else
>>> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
>>> +		break;
>>> +	case COMMAND_TEARDOWN_MW:
>>> +		epf_ntb_teardown_mw(ntb, type, argument);
>>> +		ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
>>> +		break;
>>> +	case COMMAND_LINK_UP:
>>> +		ntb_epc->linkup = true;
>>> +		if (ntb->epc[PRIMARY_INTERFACE]->linkup &&
>>> +		    ntb->epc[SECONDARY_INTERFACE]->linkup) {
>>> +			ret = epf_ntb_link_up(ntb, true);
>>> +			if (ret < 0)
>>> +				ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
>>> +			else
>>> +				ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
>>> +			goto reset_handler;
>>> +		}
>>> +		ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
>>> +		break;
>>> +	case COMMAND_LINK_DOWN:
>>> +		ntb_epc->linkup = false;
>>> +		ret = epf_ntb_link_up(ntb, false);
>>> +		if (ret < 0)
>>> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR;
>>> +		else
>>> +			ctrl->command_status = COMMAND_STATUS_OK;
>>> +		break;
>>> +	default:
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf UNKNOWN command: %d\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type), command);
>>> +		break;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +reset_handler:
>>> +	queue_delayed_work(kpcintb_workqueue, &ntb_epc->cmd_handler,
>>> +			   msecs_to_jiffies(5));
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear() - Clear Peer Scratchpad BAR
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + *+-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
>>> + *+-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
>>> + *+-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
>>> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
>>> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
>>> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
>>> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *  EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
>>> + *
>>> + * Clear BAR1 of EP CONTROLLER 2 which contains the HOST2's peer scratchpad
>>> + * region. While BAR1 is the default peer scratchpad BAR, an NTB could have
>>> + * other BARs for peer scratchpad (because of 64-bit BARs or reserved BARs).
>>> + * This function can get the exact BAR used for peer scratchpad from
>>> + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD].
>>> + *
>>> + * Since HOST2's peer scratchpad is also HOST1's self scratchpad, this function
>>> + * gets the address of peer scratchpad from
>>> + * peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno barno;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD];
>>> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
>>> +	pci_epc_clear_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_set() - Set peer scratchpad BAR
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + *+-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
>>> + *+-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
>>> + *+-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
>>> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
>>> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
>>> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *|       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
>>> + *+-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *  EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
>>> + *
>>> + * Set BAR1 of EP CONTROLLER 2 which contains the HOST2's peer scratchpad
>>> + * region. While BAR1 is the default peer scratchpad BAR, an NTB could have
>>> + * other BARs for peer scratchpad (because of 64-bit BARs or reserved BARs).
>>> + * This function can get the exact BAR used for peer scratchpad from
>>> + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD].
>>> + *
>>> + * Since HOST2's peer scratchpad is also HOST1's self scratchpad, this function
>>> + * gets the address of peer scratchpad from
>>> + * peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_set(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				     enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *peer_epf_bar, *epf_bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno, barno;
>>> +	u32 peer_spad_offset;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
>>> +	peer_barno = peer_ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
>>> +	peer_epf_bar = &peer_ntb_epc->epf_bar[peer_barno];
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD];
>>> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	peer_spad_offset = peer_ntb_epc->reg->spad_offset;
>>> +	epf_bar->phys_addr = peer_epf_bar->phys_addr + peer_spad_offset;
>>> +	epf_bar->size = peer_ntb_epc->spad_size;
>>> +	epf_bar->barno = barno;
>>> +	epf_bar->flags = PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_32;
>>> +
>>> +	ret = pci_epc_set_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: peer SPAD BAR set failed\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +		return ret;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear() - Clear Config + Self scratchpad BAR
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
>>> + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
>>> + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
>>> + *
>>> + * Clear BAR0 of EP CONTROLLER 1 which contains the HOST1's config and
>>> + * self scratchpad region (removes inbound ATU configuration). While BAR0 is
>>> + * the default self scratchpad BAR, an NTB could have other BARs for self
>>> + * scratchpad (because of reserved BARs). This function can get the exact BAR
>>> + * used for self scratchpad from epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
>>> + *
>>> + * Please note the self scratchpad region and config region is combined to
>>> + * a single region and mapped using the same BAR. Also note HOST2's peer
>>> + * scratchpad is HOST1's self scratchpad.
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno barno;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
>>> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
>>> +	pci_epc_clear_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_set() - Set Config + Self scratchpad BAR
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
>>> + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
>>> + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
>>> + *
>>> + * Map BAR0 of EP CONTROLLER 1 which contains the HOST1's config and
>>> + * self scratchpad region. While BAR0 is the default self scratchpad BAR, an
>>> + * NTB could have other BARs for self scratchpad (because of reserved BARs).
>>> + * This function can get the exact BAR used for self scratchpad from
>>> + * epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG].
>>> + *
>>> + * Please note the self scratchpad region and config region is combined to
>>> + * a single region and mapped using the same BAR. Also note HOST2's peer
>>> + * scratchpad is HOST1's self scratchpad.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_set(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno barno;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb = ntb_epc->epf_ntb;
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
>>> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
>>> +
>>> +	ret = pci_epc_set_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s inft: Config/Status/SPAD BAR set failed\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(ntb_epc->type));
>>> +		return ret;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free() - Free the physical memory associated with
>>> + *   config + scratchpad region
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
>>> + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
>>> + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
>>> + *
>>> + * Free the Local Memory mentioned in the above diagram. After invoking this
>>> + * function, any of config + self scratchpad region of HOST1 or peer scratchpad
>>> + * region of HOST2 should not be accessed.
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
>>> +{
>>> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +	enum pci_barno barno;
>>> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
>>> +
>>> +	epf = ntb->epf;
>>> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
>>> +		ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
>>> +		if (ntb_epc->reg)
>>> +			pci_epf_free_space(epf, ntb_epc->reg, barno, type);
>>> +	}
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc() - Allocate memory for config + scratchpad
>>> + *   region
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * +-----------------+------->+------------------+        +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR0      |        |  CONFIG REGION   |        |       BAR0      |
>>> + * +-----------------+----+   +------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR1      |    |   |SCRATCHPAD REGION |        |       BAR1      |
>>> + * +-----------------+    +-->+------------------+<-------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR2      |            Local Memory            |       BAR2      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR3      |                                    |       BAR3      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR4      |                                    |       BAR4      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR5      |                                    |       BAR5      |
>>> + * +-----------------+                                    +-----------------+
>>> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1                                        EP CONTROLLER 2
>>> + *
>>> + * Allocate the Local Memory mentioned in the above diagram. The size of
>>> + * CONFIG REGION is sizeof(struct epf_ntb_ctrl) and size of SCRATCHPAD REGION
>>> + * is obtained from "spad-count" configfs entry.
>>> + *
>>> + * The size of both config region and scratchpad region has to be aligned,
>>> + * since the scratchpad region will also be mapped as PEER SCRATCHPAD of
>>> + * other host using a separate BAR.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +					 enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	const struct pci_epc_features *peer_epc_features, *epc_features;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
>>> +	size_t msix_table_size, pba_size, align;
>>> +	enum pci_barno peer_barno, barno;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
>>> +	u32 spad_size, ctrl_size;
>>> +	u64 size, peer_size;
>>> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	bool msix_capable;
>>> +	u32 spad_count;
>>> +	void *base;
>>> +
>>> +	epf = ntb->epf;
>>> +	dev = &epf->dev;
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +
>>> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
>>> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_CONFIG];
>>> +	size = epc_features->bar_fixed_size[barno];
>>> +	align = epc_features->align;
>>> +
>>> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
>>> +	peer_epc_features = peer_ntb_epc->epc_features;
>>> +	peer_barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[BAR_PEER_SPAD];
>>> +	peer_size = peer_epc_features->bar_fixed_size[peer_barno];
>>> +
>>> +	/* Check if epc_features is populated incorrectly */
>>> +	if ((!IS_ALIGNED(size, align)))
>>> +		return -EINVAL;
>>> +
>>> +	spad_count = ntb->spad_count;
>>> +
>>> +	ctrl_size = sizeof(struct epf_ntb_ctrl);
>>> +	spad_size = spad_count * 4;
>>> +
>>> +	msix_capable = epc_features->msix_capable;
>>> +	if (msix_capable) {
>>> +		msix_table_size = PCI_MSIX_ENTRY_SIZE * ntb->db_count;
>>> +		ctrl_size = ALIGN(ctrl_size, 8);
>>> +		ntb_epc->msix_table_offset = ctrl_size;
>>> +		ntb_epc->msix_bar = barno;
>>> +		/* Align to QWORD or 8 Bytes */
>>> +		pba_size = ALIGN(DIV_ROUND_UP(ntb->db_count, 8), 8);
>>> +		ctrl_size = ctrl_size + msix_table_size + pba_size;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	if (!align) {
>>> +		ctrl_size = roundup_pow_of_two(ctrl_size);
>>> +		spad_size = roundup_pow_of_two(spad_size);
>>> +	} else {
>>> +		ctrl_size = ALIGN(ctrl_size, align);
>>> +		spad_size = ALIGN(spad_size, align);
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	if (peer_size) {
>>> +		if (peer_size < spad_size)
>>> +			spad_count = peer_size / 4;
>>> +		spad_size = peer_size;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	/*
>>> +	 * In order to make sure SPAD offset is aligned to its size,
>>> +	 * expand control region size to the size of SPAD if SPAD size
>>> +	 * is greater than control region size.
>>> +	 */
>>> +	if (spad_size > ctrl_size)
>>> +		ctrl_size = spad_size;
>>> +
>>> +	if (!size)
>>> +		size = ctrl_size + spad_size;
>>> +	else if (size < ctrl_size + spad_size)
>>> +		return -EINVAL;
>>> +
>>> +	base = pci_epf_alloc_space(epf, size, barno, align, type);
>>> +	if (!base) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Config/Status/SPAD alloc region fail\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +		return -ENOMEM;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc->reg = base;
>>> +
>>> +	ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
>>> +	ctrl->spad_offset = ctrl_size;
>>> +	ctrl->spad_count = spad_count;
>>> +	ctrl->num_mws = ntb->num_mws;
>>> +	ctrl->db_entry_size = align ? align : 4;
>>> +	ntb_epc->spad_size = spad_size;
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc_interface() - Allocate memory for config +
>>> + *   scratchpad region for each of PRIMARY and SECONDARY interface
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc() which allocates memory for
>>> + * config + scratchpad region for a specific interface
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
>>> +{
>>> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
>>> +		ret = epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc(ntb, type);
>>> +		if (ret) {
>>> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Config/SPAD BAR alloc failed\n",
>>> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +			return ret;
>>> +		}
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_free_peer_mem() - Free memory allocated in peers outbound address
>>> + *   space
>>> + * @ntb_epc: EPC associated with one of the HOST which holds peers outbound
>>> + *   address regions
>>> + *
>>> + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
>>> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
>>> + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
>>> + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
>>> + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
>>> + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
>>> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
>>> + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
>>> + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
>>> + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
>>> + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
>>> + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
>>> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
>>> + *
>>> + * Free memory allocated in EP CONTROLLER 2 (OB SPACE) in the above diagram.
>>> + * It'll free Doorbell 1, Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4, MW1 (and MW2, MW3,
>>> + * MW4).
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_free_peer_mem(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
>>> +	void __iomem *mw_addr;
>>> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
>>> +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno barno;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	size_t size;
>>> +
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	for (bar = BAR_DB_MW1; bar < BAR_MW4; bar++) {
>>> +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
>>> +		mw_addr = ntb_epc->mw_addr[barno];
>>> +		epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
>>> +		phys_addr = epf_bar->phys_addr;
>>> +		size = epf_bar->size;
>>> +		if (mw_addr) {
>>> +			pci_epc_mem_free_addr(epc, phys_addr, mw_addr, size);
>>> +			ntb_epc->mw_addr[barno] = NULL;
>>> +		}
>>> +	}
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear() - Clear doorbell and memory BAR
>>> + * @ntb_epc: EPC associated with one of the HOST which holds peer's outbound
>>> + *   address
>>> + *
>>> + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
>>> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
>>> + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
>>> + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
>>> + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
>>> + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
>>> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
>>> + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
>>> + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
>>> + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
>>> + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
>>> + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
>>> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
>>> + *
>>> + * Clear doorbell and memory BARs (remove inbound ATU configuration). In the above
>>> + * diagram it clears BAR2 TO BAR5 of EP CONTROLLER 1 (Doorbell BAR, MW1 BAR, MW2
>>> + * BAR, MW3 BAR and MW4 BAR).
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear(struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
>>> +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno barno;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	for (bar = BAR_DB_MW1; bar < BAR_MW4; bar++) {
>>> +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
>>> +		epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
>>> +		pci_epc_clear_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
>>> +	}
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup() - Clear doorbell/memory BAR and free memory
>>> + *   allocated in peers outbound address space
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear() to clear HOST1's BAR and
>>> + * epf_ntb_free_peer_mem() which frees up HOST2 outbound memory.
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				      enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
>>> +
>>> +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_clear(ntb_epc);
>>> +	epf_ntb_free_peer_mem(peer_ntb_epc);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_configure_interrupt() - Configure MSI/MSI-X capaiblity
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Configure MSI/MSI-X capability for each interface with number of
>>> + * interrupts equal to "db_count" configfs entry.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_configure_interrupt(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				       enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
>>> +	bool msix_capable, msi_capable;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	u32 db_count;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
>>> +	msix_capable = epc_features->msix_capable;
>>> +	msi_capable = epc_features->msi_capable;
>>> +
>>> +	if (!(msix_capable || msi_capable)) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "MSI or MSI-X is required for doorbell\n");
>>> +		return -EINVAL;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	db_count = ntb->db_count;
>>> +	if (db_count > MAX_DB_COUNT) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "DB count cannot be more than %d\n", MAX_DB_COUNT);
>>> +		return -EINVAL;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ntb->db_count = db_count;
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +
>>> +	if (msi_capable) {
>>> +		ret = pci_epc_set_msi(epc, func_no, db_count);
>>> +		if (ret) {
>>> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: MSI configuration failed\n",
>>> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +			return ret;
>>> +		}
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	if (msix_capable) {
>>> +		ret = pci_epc_set_msix(epc, func_no, db_count,
>>> +				       ntb_epc->msix_bar,
>>> +				       ntb_epc->msix_table_offset);
>>> +		if (ret) {
>>> +			dev_err(dev, "MSI configuration failed\n");
>>> +			return ret;
>>> +		}
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() - Allocate memory in peer's outbound address space
>>> + * @ntb_epc: EPC associated with one of the HOST whose BAR holds peer's outbound
>>> + *   address
>>> + * @bar: BAR of @ntb_epc in for which memory has to be allocated (could be
>>> + *   BAR_DB_MW1, BAR_MW2, BAR_MW3, BAR_MW4)
>>> + * @peer_ntb_epc: EPC associated with HOST whose outbound address space is
>>> + *   used by @ntb_epc
>>> + * @size: Size of the address region that has to be allocated in peers OB SPACE
>>> + *
>>> + *
>>> + * +-----------------+    +---->+----------------+-----------+-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR0      |    |     |   Doorbell 1   +-----------> MSI|X ADDRESS 1 |
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     +----------------+           +-----------------+
>>> + * |       BAR1      |    |     |   Doorbell 2   +---------+ |                 |
>>> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+         | |                 |
>>> + * |       BAR2      |          |   Doorbell 3   +-------+ | +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+----+     +----------------+       | +-> MSI|X ADDRESS 2 |
>>> + * |       BAR3      |    |     |   Doorbell 4   +-----+ |   +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     |----------------+     | |   |                 |
>>> + * |       BAR4      |    |     |                |     | |   +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    |     |      MW1       +---+ | +-->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 3||
>>> + * |       BAR5      |    |     |                |   | |     +-----------------+
>>> + * +-----------------+    +---->-----------------+   | |     |                 |
>>> + *   EP CONTROLLER 1            |                |   | |     +-----------------+
>>> + *                              |                |   | +---->+ MSI|X ADDRESS 4 |
>>> + *                              +----------------+   |       +-----------------+
>>> + *                      (A)      EP CONTROLLER 2     |       |                 |
>>> + *                                 (OB SPACE)        |       |                 |
>>> + *                                                   +------->      MW1        |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                   (B)     +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           |                 |
>>> + *                                                           +-----------------+
>>> + *                                                           PCI Address Space
>>> + *                                                           (Managed by HOST2)
>>> + *
>>> + * Allocate memory in OB space of EP CONTROLLER 2 in the above diagram. Allocate
>>> + * for Doorbell 1, Doorbell 2, Doorbell 3, Doorbell 4, MW1 (and MW2, MW3, MW4).
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem(struct device *dev,
>>> +				  struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc,
>>> +				  enum epf_ntb_bar bar,
>>> +				  struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc,
>>> +				  size_t size)
>>> +{
>>> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *peer_epc;
>>> +	phys_addr_t phys_addr;
>>> +	void __iomem *mw_addr;
>>> +	enum pci_barno barno;
>>> +	size_t align;
>>> +
>>> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
>>> +	align = epc_features->align;
>>> +
>>> +	if (size < 128)
>>> +		size = 128;
>>> +
>>> +	if (align)
>>> +		size = ALIGN(size, align);
>>> +	else
>>> +		size = roundup_pow_of_two(size);
>>> +
>>> +	peer_epc = peer_ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +	mw_addr = pci_epc_mem_alloc_addr(peer_epc, &phys_addr, size);
>>> +	if (!mw_addr) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Failed to allocate OB address\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(peer_ntb_epc->type));
>>> +		return -ENOMEM;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
>>> +	epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
>>> +	ntb_epc->mw_addr[barno] = mw_addr;
>>> +
>>> +	epf_bar->phys_addr = phys_addr;
>>> +	epf_bar->size = size;
>>> +	epf_bar->barno = barno;
>>> +	epf_bar->flags = PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_TYPE_32;
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_init() - Configure Doorbell and Memory window BARs
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem() and pci_epc_set_bar() that allocates
>>> + * memory in OB address space of HOST2 and configures BAR of HOST1
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_init(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *peer_ntb_epc, *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_ctrl *ctrl;
>>> +	u32 num_mws, db_count;
>>> +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
>>> +	enum pci_barno barno;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	size_t align;
>>> +	int ret, i;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +	u64 size;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	peer_ntb_epc = ntb->epc[!type];
>>> +
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
>>> +	align = epc_features->align;
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +	num_mws = ntb->num_mws;
>>> +	db_count = ntb->db_count;
>>> +
>>> +	for (bar = BAR_DB_MW1, i = 0; i < num_mws; bar++, i++) {
>>> +		if (bar == BAR_DB_MW1) {
>>> +			align = align ? align : 4;
>>> +			size = db_count * align;
>>> +			size = ALIGN(size, ntb->mws_size[i]);
>>> +			ctrl = ntb_epc->reg;
>>> +			ctrl->mw1_offset = size;
>>> +			size += ntb->mws_size[i];
>>> +		} else {
>>> +			size = ntb->mws_size[i];
>>> +		}
>>> +
>>> +		ret = epf_ntb_alloc_peer_mem(dev, ntb_epc, bar,
>>> +					     peer_ntb_epc, size);
>>> +		if (ret) {
>>> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: DoorBell mem alloc failed\n",
>>> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +			goto err_alloc_peer_mem;
>>> +		}
>>> +
>>> +		barno = ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar];
>>> +		epf_bar = &ntb_epc->epf_bar[barno];
>>> +
>>> +		ret = pci_epc_set_bar(epc, func_no, epf_bar);
>>> +		if (ret) {
>>> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: DoorBell BAR set failed\n",
>>> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +			goto err_alloc_peer_mem;
>>> +		}
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +
>>> +err_alloc_peer_mem:
>>> +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(ntb, type);
>>> +
>>> +	return ret;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface() - Cleanup NTB EPC interface
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Unbind NTB function device from EPC and relinquish reference to pci_epc
>>> + * for each of the interface.
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +					  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
>>> +
>>> +	if (type < 0)
>>> +		return;
>>> +
>>> +	epf = ntb->epf;
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	if (!ntb_epc)
>>> +		return;
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +	pci_epc_remove_epf(epc, epf, type);
>>> +	pci_epc_put(epc);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_epc_destroy() - Cleanup NTB EPC interface
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + * Wrapper for epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface() to cleanup all the NTB interfaces
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_epc_destroy(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
>>> +{
>>> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
>>> +
>>> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++)
>>> +		epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface(ntb, type);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_epc_create_interface() - Create and initialize NTB EPC interface
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @epc: struct pci_epc to which a particular NTB interface should be associated
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Allocate memory for NTB EPC interface and initialize it.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_epc_create_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +					struct pci_epc *epc,
>>> +					enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
>>> +	struct pci_epf_bar *epf_bar;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*ntb_epc), GFP_KERNEL);
>>> +	if (!ntb_epc)
>>> +		return -ENOMEM;
>>> +
>>> +	epf = ntb->epf;
>>> +	if (type == PRIMARY_INTERFACE) {
>>> +		func_no = epf->func_no;
>>> +		epf_bar = epf->bar;
>>> +	} else {
>>> +		func_no = epf->sec_epc_func_no;
>>> +		epf_bar = epf->sec_epc_bar;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc->linkup = false;
>>> +	ntb_epc->epc = epc;
>>> +	ntb_epc->func_no = func_no;
>>> +	ntb_epc->type = type;
>>> +	ntb_epc->epf_bar = epf_bar;
>>> +	ntb_epc->epf_ntb = ntb;
>>> +
>>> +	epc_features = pci_epc_get_features(epc, func_no);
>>> +	if (!epc_features)
>>> +		return -EINVAL;
>>> +	ntb_epc->epc_features = epc_features;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb->epc[type] = ntb_epc;
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_epc_create() - Create and initialize NTB EPC interface
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + * Get a reference to EPC device and bind NTB function device to that EPC
>>> + * for each of the interface. It is also a wrapper to
>>> + * epf_ntb_epc_create_interface() to allocate memory for NTB EPC interface
>>> + * and initialize it
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_epc_create(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	epf = ntb->epf;
>>> +	dev = &epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_create_interface(ntb, epf->epc, PRIMARY_INTERFACE);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "PRIMARY intf: Fail to create NTB EPC\n");
>>> +		return ret;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_create_interface(ntb, epf->sec_epc,
>>> +					   SECONDARY_INTERFACE);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "SECONDARY intf: Fail to create NTB EPC\n");
>>> +		goto err_epc_create;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +
>>> +err_epc_create:
>>> +	epf_ntb_epc_destroy_interface(ntb, PRIMARY_INTERFACE);
>>> +
>>> +	return ret;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface() - Identify BARs to be used for each of
>>> + *   the NTB constructs (scratchpad region, doorbell, memorywindow)
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Identify the free BARs to be used for each of BAR_CONFIG, BAR_PEER_SPAD,
>>> + * BAR_DB_MW1, BAR_MW2, BAR_MW3 and BAR_MW4.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +					  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	const struct pci_epc_features *epc_features;
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +	enum pci_barno barno;
>>> +	enum epf_ntb_bar bar;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	u32 num_mws;
>>> +	int i;
>>> +
>>> +	barno = BAR_0;
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	num_mws = ntb->num_mws;
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +	epc_features = ntb_epc->epc_features;
>>> +
>>> +	/* These are required BARs which are mandatory for NTB functionality */
>>> +	for (bar = BAR_CONFIG; bar <= BAR_DB_MW1; bar++, barno++) {
>>> +		barno = pci_epc_get_next_free_bar(epc_features, barno);
>>> +		if (barno < 0) {
>>> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Fail to get NTB function BAR\n",
>>> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +			return barno;
>>> +		}
>>> +		ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar] = barno;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	/* These are optional BARs which don't impact NTB functionality */
>>> +	for (bar = BAR_MW2, i = 1; i < num_mws; bar++, barno++, i++) {
>>> +		barno = pci_epc_get_next_free_bar(epc_features, barno);
>>> +		if (barno < 0) {
>>> +			ntb->num_mws = i;
>>> +			dev_dbg(dev, "BAR not available for > MW%d\n", i + 1);
>>> +		}
>>> +		ntb_epc->epf_ntb_bar[bar] = barno;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_init_epc_bar() - Identify BARs to be used for each of the NTB
>>> + * constructs (scratchpad region, doorbell, memorywindow)
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Wrapper to epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface() to identify the free BARs
>>> + * to be used for each of BAR_CONFIG, BAR_PEER_SPAD, BAR_DB_MW1, BAR_MW2,
>>> + * BAR_MW3 and BAR_MW4 for all the interfaces.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_init_epc_bar(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
>>> +{
>>> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
>>> +		ret = epf_ntb_init_epc_bar_interface(ntb, type);
>>> +		if (ret) {
>>> +			dev_err(dev, "Fail to init EPC bar for %s interface\n",
>>> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +			return ret;
>>> +		}
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_epc_init_interface() - Initialize NTB interface
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Wrapper to initialize a particular EPC interface and start the workqueue
>>> + * to check for commands from host. This function will write to the
>>> + * EP controller HW for configuring it.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_epc_init_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +				      enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epc *epc;
>>> +	struct pci_epf *epf;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	u8 func_no;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	epf = ntb->epf;
>>> +	dev = &epf->dev;
>>> +	epc = ntb_epc->epc;
>>> +	func_no = ntb_epc->func_no;
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_set(ntb->epc[type]);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Config/self SPAD BAR init failed\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +		return ret;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_set(ntb, type);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Peer SPAD BAR init failed\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +		goto err_peer_spad_bar_init;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_configure_interrupt(ntb, type);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Interrupt configuration failed\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +		goto err_peer_spad_bar_init;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_init(ntb, type);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: DB/MW BAR init failed\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +		goto err_db_mw_bar_init;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ret = pci_epc_write_header(epc, func_no, epf->header);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Configuration header write failed\n",
>>> +			pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +		goto err_write_header;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	INIT_DELAYED_WORK(&ntb->epc[type]->cmd_handler, epf_ntb_cmd_handler);
>>> +	queue_work(kpcintb_workqueue, &ntb->epc[type]->cmd_handler.work);
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +
>>> +err_write_header:
>>> +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(ntb, type);
>>> +
>>> +err_db_mw_bar_init:
>>> +	epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear(ntb->epc[type]);
>>> +
>>> +err_peer_spad_bar_init:
>>> +	epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear(ntb->epc[type]);
>>> +
>>> +	return ret;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface() - Cleanup NTB interface
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + * @type: PRIMARY interface or SECONDARY interface
>>> + *
>>> + * Wrapper to cleanup a particular NTB interface.
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface(struct epf_ntb *ntb,
>>> +					  enum pci_epc_interface_type type)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb_epc *ntb_epc;
>>> +
>>> +	if (type < 0)
>>> +		return;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb_epc = ntb->epc[type];
>>> +	cancel_delayed_work(&ntb_epc->cmd_handler);
>>> +	epf_ntb_db_mw_bar_cleanup(ntb, type);
>>> +	epf_ntb_peer_spad_bar_clear(ntb_epc);
>>> +	epf_ntb_config_sspad_bar_clear(ntb_epc);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_epc_cleanup() - Cleanup all NTB interfaces
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + * Wrapper to cleanup all NTB interfaces.
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_epc_cleanup(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
>>> +{
>>> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
>>> +
>>> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++)
>>> +		epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface(ntb, type);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_epc_init() - Initialize all NTB interfaces
>>> + * @ntb: NTB device that facilitates communication between HOST1 and HOST2
>>> + *
>>> + * Wrapper to initialize all NTB interface and start the workqueue
>>> + * to check for commands from host.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_epc_init(struct epf_ntb *ntb)
>>> +{
>>> +	enum pci_epc_interface_type type;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	dev = &ntb->epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	for (type = PRIMARY_INTERFACE; type <= SECONDARY_INTERFACE; type++) {
>>> +		ret = epf_ntb_epc_init_interface(ntb, type);
>>> +		if (ret) {
>>> +			dev_err(dev, "%s intf: Failed to initialize\n",
>>> +				pci_epc_interface_string(type));
>>> +			goto err_init_type;
>>> +		}
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +
>>> +err_init_type:
>>> +	epf_ntb_epc_cleanup_interface(ntb, type - 1);
>>> +
>>> +	return ret;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_bind() - Initialize endpoint controller to provide NTB functionality
>>> + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
>>> + *
>>> + * Initialize both the endpoint controllers associated with NTB function device.
>>> + * Invoked when a primary interface or secondary interface is bound to EPC
>>> + * device. This function will succeed only when EPC is bound to both the
>>> + * interfaces.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_bind(struct pci_epf *epf)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = epf_get_drvdata(epf);
>>> +	struct device *dev = &epf->dev;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	if (!epf->epc) {
>>> +		dev_dbg(dev, "PRIMARY EPC interface not yet bound\n");
>>> +		return 0;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	if (!epf->sec_epc) {
>>> +		dev_dbg(dev, "SECONDARY EPC interface not yet bound\n");
>>> +		return 0;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_create(ntb);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to create NTB EPC\n");
>>> +		return ret;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_init_epc_bar(ntb);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to create NTB EPC\n");
>>> +		goto err_bar_init;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_alloc_interface(ntb);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to allocate BAR memory\n");
>>> +		goto err_bar_alloc;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	ret = epf_ntb_epc_init(ntb);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "Failed to initialize EPC\n");
>>> +		goto err_bar_alloc;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	epf_set_drvdata(epf, ntb);
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +
>>> +err_bar_alloc:
>>> +	epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free(ntb);
>>> +
>>> +err_bar_init:
>>> +	epf_ntb_epc_destroy(ntb);
>>> +
>>> +	return ret;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_unbind() - Cleanup the initialization from epf_ntb_bind()
>>> + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
>>> + *
>>> + * Cleanup the initialization from epf_ntb_bind()
>>> + */
>>> +static void epf_ntb_unbind(struct pci_epf *epf)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = epf_get_drvdata(epf);
>>> +
>>> +	epf_ntb_epc_cleanup(ntb);
>>> +	epf_ntb_config_spad_bar_free(ntb);
>>> +	epf_ntb_epc_destroy(ntb);
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +#define EPF_NTB_R(_name)						\
>>> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_show(struct config_item *item,		\
>>> +				      char *page)			\
>>> +{									\
>>> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
>>> +									\
>>> +	return sprintf(page, "%d\n", ntb->_name);			\
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +#define EPF_NTB_W(_name)						\
>>> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_store(struct config_item *item,	\
>>> +				       const char *page, size_t len)	\
>>> +{									\
>>> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
>>> +	u32 val;							\
>>> +	int ret;							\
>>> +									\
>>> +	ret = kstrtou32(page, 0, &val);					\
>>> +	if (ret)							\
>>> +		return ret;						\
>>> +									\
>>> +	ntb->_name = val;						\
>>> +									\
>>> +	return len;							\
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +#define EPF_NTB_MW_R(_name)						\
>>> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_show(struct config_item *item,		\
>>> +				      char *page)			\
>>> +{									\
>>> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
>>> +	int win_no;							\
>>> +									\
>>> +	sscanf(#_name, "mw%d", &win_no);				\
>>> +									\
>>> +	return sprintf(page, "%lld\n", ntb->mws_size[win_no - 1]);	\
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +#define EPF_NTB_MW_W(_name)						\
>>> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_##_name##_store(struct config_item *item,	\
>>> +				       const char *page, size_t len)	\
>>> +{									\
>>> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);		\
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);			\
>>> +	struct device *dev = &ntb->epf->dev;				\
>>> +	int win_no;							\
>>> +	u64 val;							\
>>> +	int ret;							\
>>> +									\
>>> +	ret = kstrtou64(page, 0, &val);					\
>>> +	if (ret)							\
>>> +		return ret;						\
>>> +									\
>>> +	if (sscanf(#_name, "mw%d", &win_no) != 1)			\
>>> +		return -EINVAL;						\
>>> +									\
>>> +	if (ntb->num_mws < win_no) {					\
>>> +		dev_err(dev, "Invalid num_nws: %d value\n", ntb->num_mws); \
>>> +		return -EINVAL;						\
>>> +	}								\
>>> +									\
>>> +	ntb->mws_size[win_no - 1] = val;				\
>>> +									\
>>> +	return len;							\
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +static ssize_t epf_ntb_num_mws_store(struct config_item *item,
>>> +				     const char *page, size_t len)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct config_group *group = to_config_group(item);
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = to_epf_ntb(group);
>>> +	u32 val;
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	ret = kstrtou32(page, 0, &val);
>>> +	if (ret)
>>> +		return ret;
>>> +
>>> +	if (val > MAX_MW)
>>> +		return -EINVAL;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb->num_mws = val;
>>> +
>>> +	return len;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +EPF_NTB_R(spad_count)
>>> +EPF_NTB_W(spad_count)
>>> +EPF_NTB_R(db_count)
>>> +EPF_NTB_W(db_count)
>>> +EPF_NTB_R(num_mws)
>>> +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw1)
>>> +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw1)
>>> +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw2)
>>> +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw2)
>>> +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw3)
>>> +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw3)
>>> +EPF_NTB_MW_R(mw4)
>>> +EPF_NTB_MW_W(mw4)
>>> +
>>> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, spad_count);
>>> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, db_count);
>>> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, num_mws);
>>> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw1);
>>> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw2);
>>> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw3);
>>> +CONFIGFS_ATTR(epf_ntb_, mw4);
>>> +
>>> +static struct configfs_attribute *epf_ntb_attrs[] = {
>>> +	&epf_ntb_attr_spad_count,
>>> +	&epf_ntb_attr_db_count,
>>> +	&epf_ntb_attr_num_mws,
>>> +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw1,
>>> +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw2,
>>> +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw3,
>>> +	&epf_ntb_attr_mw4,
>>> +	NULL,
>>> +};
>>> +
>>> +static const struct config_item_type ntb_group_type = {
>>> +	.ct_attrs	= epf_ntb_attrs,
>>> +	.ct_owner	= THIS_MODULE,
>>> +};
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_add_cfs() - Add configfs directory specific to NTB
>>> + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
>>> + *
>>> + * Add configfs directory specific to NTB. This directory will hold
>>> + * NTB specific properties like db_count, spad_count, num_mws etc.,
>>> + */
>>> +static struct config_group *epf_ntb_add_cfs(struct pci_epf *epf,
>>> +					    struct config_group *group)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb = epf_get_drvdata(epf);
>>> +	struct config_group *ntb_group = &ntb->group;
>>> +	struct device *dev = &epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	config_group_init_type_name(ntb_group, dev_name(dev), &ntb_group_type);
>>> +
>>> +	return ntb_group;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +/**
>>> + * epf_ntb_probe() - Probe NTB function driver
>>> + * @epf: NTB endpoint function device
>>> + *
>>> + * Probe NTB function driver when endpoint function bus detects a NTB
>>> + * endpoint function.
>>> + */
>>> +static int epf_ntb_probe(struct pci_epf *epf)
>>> +{
>>> +	struct epf_ntb *ntb;
>>> +	struct device *dev;
>>> +
>>> +	dev = &epf->dev;
>>> +
>>> +	ntb = devm_kzalloc(dev, sizeof(*ntb), GFP_KERNEL);
>>> +	if (!ntb)
>>> +		return -ENOMEM;
>>> +
>>> +	epf->header = &epf_ntb_header;
>>> +	ntb->epf = epf;
>>> +	epf_set_drvdata(epf, ntb);
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +
>>> +static struct pci_epf_ops epf_ntb_ops = {
>>> +	.bind	= epf_ntb_bind,
>>> +	.unbind	= epf_ntb_unbind,
>>> +	.add_cfs = epf_ntb_add_cfs,
>>> +};
>>> +
>>> +static const struct pci_epf_device_id epf_ntb_ids[] = {
>>> +	{
>>> +		.name = "pci_epf_ntb",
>>> +	},
>>> +	{},
>>> +};
>>> +
>>> +static struct pci_epf_driver epf_ntb_driver = {
>>> +	.driver.name	= "pci_epf_ntb",
>>> +	.probe		= epf_ntb_probe,
>>> +	.id_table	= epf_ntb_ids,
>>> +	.ops		= &epf_ntb_ops,
>>> +	.owner		= THIS_MODULE,
>>> +};
>>> +
>>> +static int __init epf_ntb_init(void)
>>> +{
>>> +	int ret;
>>> +
>>> +	kpcintb_workqueue = alloc_workqueue("kpcintb", WQ_MEM_RECLAIM |
>>> +					    WQ_HIGHPRI, 0);
>>> +	ret = pci_epf_register_driver(&epf_ntb_driver);
>>> +	if (ret) {
>>> +		destroy_workqueue(kpcintb_workqueue);
>>> +		pr_err("Failed to register pci epf ntb driver --> %d\n", ret);
>>> +		return ret;
>>> +	}
>>> +
>>> +	return 0;
>>> +}
>>> +module_init(epf_ntb_init);
>>> +
>>> +static void __exit epf_ntb_exit(void)
>>> +{
>>> +	pci_epf_unregister_driver(&epf_ntb_driver);
>>> +	destroy_workqueue(kpcintb_workqueue);
>>> +}
>>> +module_exit(epf_ntb_exit);
>>> +
>>> +MODULE_DESCRIPTION("PCI EPF NTB DRIVER");
>>> +MODULE_AUTHOR("Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>");
>>> +MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");
>>>
>
diff mbox series

Patch

--- linux-next-20210202.orig/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
+++ linux-next-20210202/drivers/pci/endpoint/functions/Kconfig
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@  config PCI_EPF_TEST
 config PCI_EPF_NTB
 	tristate "PCI Endpoint NTB driver"
 	depends on PCI_ENDPOINT
+	depends on CONFIGFS_FS
 	help
 	  Select this configuration option to enable the NTB driver
 	  for PCI Endpoint. NTB driver implements NTB controller